Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (352)
  • HU Berlin
  • MEK Berlin
  • 2010-2014  (352)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V  (352)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
Author, Corporation
Publisher
Keywords
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Truth and Falsehood : An Inquiry into Generalized Logical Values (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400709072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 246p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Trends in Logic 36
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Šramko, Jaroslav Vladyslavovyč, 1963 - Truth and falsehood
    RVK:
    CC 2400
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Logic ; Mathematical logic. ; Mathematische Logik ; Philosophie ; Intuitionistische Logik
    Abstract: The book presents a thoroughly elaborated logical theory of generalized truth values understood as subsets of some established set of (basic) truth entities. After elucidating the importance of the very notion of a truth value in logic and philosophy, the authors examine some possible ways of generalizing this notion. The useful four-valued logic of first-degree entailment by Nuel Belnap and Michael Dunn and the notion of a bilattice (a lattice of truth values with two ordering relations) constitute the basis for further generalizations. By doing so the authors elaborate the idea of a multilattice and, most notably, a trilattice of truth values - a specific algebraic structure with an information ordering and two distinct logical orderings, one for truth and another for falsity. Each logical order not only induces its own logical vocabulary, but also determines its own entailment relation. Both semantic ans syntactic ways of formalizing these relations by constructing various logical calculi are considered
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3…The Slingshot Argument and Non-Fregean Logic2.4…Non-Fregean Logic and Definite Descriptions non-Fregean logic; 2.5…Non-Fregean Logic and lambda -Expressions; 2.6…Non-Fregean Logic and Indefinite Descriptions; 2.7…Concluding Remarks; 3 Generalized Truth Values: From FOUR2 to SIXTEEN3; Abstract; 3.1…Truth Values as Structured Entities; 3.2…Generalized Valuations, Four-Valued Logic and Bilattices; 3.3…Taking Generalization Seriously: From Isolated Computers to Computer Networks; 3.4…Generalized Truth Values and Multilattices; 3.5…The Trilattice of 16 Truth Values
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6…Another Example of a Trilattice: Truth Values in Constructive Logics4 Generalized Truth Values: SIXTEEN3 and Beyond; Abstract; 4.1…Entailment Relations on SIXTEEN3; 4.2…First-Degree Systems for SIXTEEN3; 4.2.1 The Languages {\fancyscriptbold{L}t,\; \fancyscriptbold{L}f and Systems {{\bf FDE}}_{\bi{t}}^{\bi{t}}, {{\bf FDE}}_{\bi{f}}^{\bi{f}}; 4.2.2 The Language {\fancyscriptbold{L}}_{\varvec{tf}} for let and lef; 4.3…First-Degree Everywhere; 4.4…Hyper-Contradictions and Generalizations of Priest's Logic; 4.5…An Approach to a Generalization of Kleene's Logic: A Tetralattice
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6…Uncertainty Versus Lack of Information5 Axiom Systems for Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 5.1…Truth Value Lattices and the Implication Connective; 5.2…From First-Degree Proof Systems to Proof Systems with Modus Ponens; 5.3…Odintsov's Axiomatization of Truth Entailment and Falsity Entailment in SIXTEEN3; 5.3.1 First-Degree Calculi; 5.3.2 Systems with Modus Ponens as the Sole Rule of Inference; 5.4…Discussion; 6 Sequent Systems for Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 6.1…Standard Sequent Systems for Logics Related to SIXTEEN3; 6.2…Alternative Sequent Calculi; 6.3…Extensions
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5…Harmony ad Infinitum
    Description / Table of Contents: Truth and Falsehood; Preface; Contents; 1 Truth Values; Abstract; 1.1…The Idea of Truth Values; 1.2…Truth Values and the Functional Analysis of Language; 1.3…The Categorial Status of Truth and Falsehood; 1.4…The Ontological Background of Truth Values; 1.5…Logic as the Science of Logical Values; 1.6…Logical Structures; 1.7…Truth Values, Truth Degrees, and Vague Concepts; 2 Truth Values and the Slingshot Argument; Abstract; 2.1…An Argument in Favor of Truth Values; 2.2…Reconstructing the Slingshot Arguments; 2.2.1 Church's Slingshot; 2.2.2 Gödel's Slingshot; 2.2.3 Davidson's Slingshot
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4…Sequent Calculi for Truth Entailment and Falsity Entailment in SIXTEEN37 Intuitionistic Trilattice Logics; Abstract; 7.1…Introduction; 7.2…Sequent Calculus I16; 7.3…Kripke Completeness for I16; 7.4…Tableau Calculus IT16; 7.5…Kripke Completeness for IT16; 8 Generalized Truth Values and Many-Valued Logics: Harmonious Many-Valued Logics; Abstract; 8.1…Many-Valued Propositional Logics Generalized; 8.2…Designateddesignated truth valueantidesignated truth value and Antidesignated Values; 8.3…Some Separated Finitely-Valued Logics; 8.4…A Harmonious Logic Inspired by the Logic of SIXTEEN3
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0907-2
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Informed Consent, Proxy Consent, and Catholic Bioethics : For the Good of the Subject (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 241p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 112
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mazur, Grzegorz, 1977 - Informed consent, proxy consent, and catholic bioethics
    RVK:
    CC 7264
    Keywords: Medicine ; Comparative law ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Public health laws ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Comparative law ; Public health laws ; Informed Consent ; Bioethics ; Catholicism ; Proxy ; Human experimentation in medicine ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Informed consent (Medical law) ; Proxy ; Bioethics ; Religious aspects ; Catholic Church ; Bioethik ; Gentherapie ; Moraltheologie ; Selbstbestimmung ; Bioethik ; Gentherapie ; Moraltheologie ; Selbstbestimmung
    Abstract: This work offers a comprehensive understanding rooted in Catholic anthropology and moral theory of the meaning and limits of informed and proxy consent to experimentation on human subjects. In particular, it seeks to articulate the rationale for proxy consent in both therapeutic and nontherapeutic settings. As to the former, the book proposes that the Golden Rule, recognizing the basic inclinations of human nature toward objective goods perfective of human persons, should underpin the notion of proxy consent to experimentation on humans. As to the latter, an additional scrutiny of the amount of risk involved is necessary, since the risk-benefit ratio frequently invoked to justify higher-risk therapeutic research does not exist in its nontherapeutic counterpart. This study discusses a number of possible solutions to this question and develops a position that builds upon the objective notion of the human good
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Introduction; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 The Historical Development of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent; 1.1 Debate on the Origin of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in Medical and Research Practices; 1.2 The Roots of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in the Catholic Tradition Prior to World War II; 1.2.1 An Early Claim for Free and Informed Consent; 1.2.2 The Principle of Superiority of Persons over the Interests of Science and Society; 2 The Articulation of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent in Human-Rights Documents; 2.1 The Nuremberg Code
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Historical and Ethical Background of the Nuremberg Code2.1.2 Content of the Nuremberg Code; 2.1.3 Influence of the Nuremberg Code on International and U.S. Regulations; 2.2 Declaration of Helsinki; 2.2.1 Helsinki I; 2.2.2 Helsinki II; 2.2.3 Helsinki III, IV and V; 2.2.4 Helsinki VIand Notes of Clarification; 2.3 CIOMS/WHO International Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research Involving Human Subjects; 2.3.1 Brief Historical and Cultural Introduction to the Guidelines; 2.3.2 Content of the Guidelines; 2.3.2.1 Competence of the Subject; 2.3.2.2 Disclosure of "Necessary Information"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.3 Understanding on the Part of the Subject2.3.2.4 Free Decision; 2.4 The Belmont Report; 2.4.1 Belmont's Origins; 2.4.2 Belmont's Three Principles; 2.4.2.1 The Principle of Respect for Persons; 2.4.2.2 The Principle of Beneficence; 2.4.2.3 The Principle of Justice; 2.4.3 Informed Consent and the Three Principles; 2.5 Conclusion; 3 The Major Current Interpretations of the Principle of Free and Informed Consent; 3.1 Relevant Magisterial Teaching; 3.1.1 Charter for Health Care Workers; 3.1.2 The Ethical and Religious Directives for Catholic Health Care Services; 3.1.3 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Relevant Philosophical and Theological Approaches3.2.1 Paul Ramsey; 3.2.2 Edmund Pellegrino and David C.Thomasma; 3.2.3 Ruth Faden, Tom Beauchamp, and James F.Childress; 3.2.4 Germain Grisez; 3.3 Exceptions to Free and Informed Consent; 4 Introduction to the Issue of Proxy Consent; 5 Standards for Proxy Consent in the Therapeutic Situation; 5.1 Standards for Proxy Decision Making; 5.1.1 The Substituted Judgment Standard (SJS); 5.1.1.1 Legal Approach; 5.1.1.2 Ethical Approach; 5.1.1.3 Medical Approach; 5.1.2 The Pure Autonomy Standard (PAS); 5.1.3 The Best Interests Standard (BIS)
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Major Issues6 Critique of Proxy Consent Standards; 6.1 Status of the Principle of Autonomy; 6.2 Autonomy as Pure Self-Determination; 6.2.1 Anthropological Consequences; 6.2.2 Autonomy and the Theory of the Good; 6.2.3 Autonomy and Intrinsic Goodness; 6.3 Autonomy vs. Beneficence; 7 The Golden Rule and Proxy Decision Making; 7.1 In Search of a Rationale; 7.2 Golden Rule, Reason and Virtue; 7.3 The Golden Rule, Friendship, and Christian Revelation; 8 Preliminary Considerations on Proxy Consent in the Nontherapeutic Situation; 8.1 Nontherapeutic Research and Basic Research Taxonomy
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1.1 Basic vs. Clinical Research
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2196-8
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Physical Systems : Conceptual Pathways between Flat Space-time and Matter (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723733
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 234p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 264
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Belkind, Ori Physical systems
    RVK:
    CC 3500
    RVK:
    CC 6320
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Motion ; Philosophy ; Mechanics ; Philosophy ; Special relativity (Physics) ; Philosophy ; Space and time ; Philosophy ; Matter ; Philosophy ; Physikalisches System ; Bewegung ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Materie ; Mechanik ; Spezielle Relativitätstheorie ; Philosophie ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Materie ; Mechanik ; Spezielle Relativitätstheorie ; Philosophie
    Abstract: Based on the concept of a physical system, this book offers a new philosophical interpretation of classical mechanics and the Special Theory of Relativity. According to Belkinds view the role of physical theory is to describe the motions of the parts of a physical system in relation to the motions of the whole. This approach provides a new perspective into the foundations of physical theory, where motions of parts and wholes of physical systems are taken to be fundamental, prior to spacetime, material properties and laws of motion. He defends this claim with a constructive project, deriving basic aspects of classical theories from the motions of parts and wholes. This exciting project will challenge readers to reevaluate how they understand the structure of the physical world in which we live.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; List of Figures; 1 Physical Systems and Physical Thought; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Quantum Mechanics and Particularism; 1.3 Structural Assumptions and Conservation Laws; 1.3.1 The Criterion of Isolation; 1.3.2 The Rule of Composition; 1.4 Structural Definitions; 1.5 Conclusion; 2 Interpretations of Spacetime and the Principle of Relativity; 2.1 The Restricted Principle of Relativity; 2.2 Conventionalism; 2.3 The Geometric Approach to Spacetime; 2.4 The Dynamic Approach to Spacetime; 2.5 Conclusion; 3 Primitive Motion Relationalism; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 A Geometry of PUMs3.3 Galilean Spacetime; 3.3.1 Reconstructing Galilean Spacetime; 3.3.2 Galilean Transformations; 3.4 Flat Relativistic Spacetime; 3.4.1 Reconstructing Flat Relativistic Spacetime; 3.4.2 The Lorentz Transformations; 3.5 Primitive Motion Relationalism vs. Standard Interpretations of Spacetime; 3.6 Conclusion; 4 The Metaphysics of Time; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Flow of Time and Motion; 4.3 The Conflict Between Presentism and Relativity; 4.4 But Eternalism Is False Too; 4.5 Primitive Motion Relationalism and the Metaphysics of Time
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The History of Newtonian Mass5.1 The Geometric Conception of Mass; 5.2 The Dynamic Conception of Mass; 5.3 Mach's Critique of Newtonian Mass; 6 Physical Systems and Mass; 6.1 Primitive Motion Relationalism and the Expanded Reference Frames; 6.2 The Stretching Parameter and Newtonian Mass; 6.2.1 The Quantity of Matter; 6.2.2 Inertial Mass; 6.3 Conclusion; 7 Structural Assumptions, Newton's Scientific Method, and the Universal Law of Gravitation; 7.1 Hypotheses and Scientific Propositions; 7.2 Structural Assumptions and Their Role in Inductive Reasoning
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 Newton's Argument for the Universal Law of Gravitation7.3.1 From the Area Law to the Centripetal Nature of the Force of Gravity; 7.3.2 The Harmonic Rule and the Inverse Squared Distance Nature of the Gravitational Force; 7.3.3 Deriving the Universal Nature of Law of Gravitation; 7.4 Newton's Scientific Method; 8 The Special Theory of Relativity; 8.1 The Expansion Factor and Mass in STR; 8.2 A New Interpretation of Mass in STR; 8.2.1 Kuhn's Thesis of Incommensurability; 8.2.2 Field's Indeterminacy of Reference; 8.2.3 Invariance as a Mark of Objectivity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.4 Einstein's Mass and Energy as Two Manifestationsof Substance9 Conclusion; 9.1 Spacetime; 9.2 Mass; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2373-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    From Text to 'Lived' Resources : Mathematics Curriculum Materials and Teacher Development (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400719668 , 1283456125 , 9781283456128
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 363p. 64 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Teacher Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: What kinds of curriculum materials do mathematics teachers select and use, and how? This question is complex, in a period of deep evolutions of teaching resources, with the proficiency of online resources in particular. How do teachers learn from these materials, and in which ways do they 'tailor' them for their use and pupil learning? Teachers collect resources, select, transform, share, implement, and revise them. Drawing from the French term A" ingenierie documentaire A",we call these processes A" documentation A". The literal English translation is A" to work with
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Teacher resources -- pt. 2. Text and curriculum resources -- pt. 3. Use of resources -- pt. 4. Collaborative use.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1966-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Higher Education in Portugal 1974-2009 : A Nation, a Generation (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721357
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 427p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; History ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; History
    Abstract: Alberto Amaral
    Abstract: A comprehensive, wide ranging and detailed account of the unfolding of higher education and higher education policy in Portugal from 1974 to 2009 by leading policy-makers and scholars, with the explicit purpose of showing how different disciplinary canons and perspectives contribute to the study of higher education and higher education policy including Law and Science Policy perspectives. Whilst focusing on one referential system, this book deals with current policy issues emerging in the wake of the post Bologna period. It also examines their long term historical origins in addition to the me
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Portugal 1974-2009; Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; About the Editors; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction. On Exceptionalism: The Nation, a Generation and Higher Education, Portugal 1974-2009; Introduction; European Higher Education Policy as Eschatology; European Higher Education Policy as Ambition; European Higher Education Policy as Historical Paradox; A Watershed; New Vistas and Perspectives on Europe's Higher Education; Four Points in Justification; Time and Circumstance; The Place of Context and the Context of Place; Agendas: Inside and Outside
    Description / Table of Contents: PedagogyStructure and Rationale; Changes in European Higher Education Policy; Exceptionalism Shifting; Interlocking Developments; The Role of Convergence as a Policy Dynamic; Meaning Mutating; Plea for a Long-Term Perspective; Curious Analogues; A Generational Perspective; The Grand Narrative: An Unfashionable Genre; The Study of Higher Education: A Brief History; The Concept of 'System': A Seminal Point; 'Subject Parturition': A Constant Feature; Some Basic Dilemmas the Student of Higher Education Faces; Hubris; Portugal: Exception, Pioneer or Partner?; Techniques of Comparison
    Description / Table of Contents: … and Their CritiquePortugal as Pioneer: The Revolutionary Inheritance; First of the New or Last of the Old?; Thanks for the Memory; A Generation of Exception; Mobilising and the Mobilised; On the Road to Neoliberalism; Portuguese Perspectives on Neoliberalism; Anglo-Saxon Presumptions and Attitudes; The Tensions of Progress; Exquisite Dilemmas; Shift in Discourse as Handmaiden to Policy; Bonfire of the Vanities; A Rapid Flight over a Complex Terrain; Shaping the Nation; Shaping Higher Learning; Shaping the Institutional Fabric; Envoi; References; Part I: Shaping the Nation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: National Identity and Higher Education: From the Origins till 1974National Identity, Nation, Nationalism; The Kingdom of Portugal in the Middle Ages and the Role of the Studium Generale; University During the Golden Age of Empire; The Enlightenment: Concerns of the Portuguese Nation and Its Educational Inertia; Higher Education in the Era of Nationalism; Educational Reform, Higher Education and the Republic; Higher Education, Authoritarian Nationalism and the New State; References; Chapter 3: University, Society and Politics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Revolution of 1974: How the Attempt to Create a 'Political University' FailedConstitution of 1976 and Its Contradictions in Education; Higher Education at the End of the Twentieth Century: The Change in Paradigm; Two in the Place of One; Under the Sign of Bologna; New Vocabulary, New Values, New Realities; Rankings, 'Faculty Strife' and the 'Cultural University'; A New Vision of the Political University?; References; Chapter 4: Cultural and Educational Heritage, Social Structure and Quality of Life; Introduction; Two Mathematical Concepts
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic Structure, Employment and Migration Movements
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2135-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Fullness of the Logos in the Key of Life : Book II. Christo-Logos: Metaphysical Rhapsodies of Faith (Itinerarium mentis in deo) (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722576 , 128345629X , 9781283456296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 197p, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research 111
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tymieniecka, Anna-Teresa, 1925 - 2014 The fullness of the logos in the key of life ; Book 2: Christo-Logos
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This highly personal account of a lifetime's spiritual and philosophical enquiry charts the author's journey of faith through contemporary culture. Distinguishing between what she posits as the 'universal' and the 'rhapsodic' logos, Tymieniecka interrogates concepts as varied as creativity and the media, joy and suffering, and truth and ambiguity. She contemplates the possibilities and limits of communication between human beings, and outlines what she calls the 'transnatural destiny' of the human soul. The book asserts that unlike theory, which unfolds a logical continuity, and unlike dialogue, which is directed sequentially upward toward intellectual conclusions, the mode of reflection of the 'rhapsodic logos' imposes no limits or caps upon its understanding. Instead, the 'logoic' flow interlaces the rhapsodic cadences of our reflections on reality, in all their innumerable fluctuations, and sifts them to mold the intimate mind/soul inwardness that we experience as faith. The radiative meditations of this 'rhapsodic logos' weave their way through the entanglements of the mystery of incarnation, the constitutive archetypes, the inwardly sacred, the transnatural destiny of the soul, and finally ascend the rhapsodic scales toward culminating faith in the Christo-Logos
    Abstract: This highly personal account of a lifetime's spiritual and philosophical enquiry charts the author's journey of faith through contemporary culture. Distinguishing between what she posits as the 'universal' and the 'rhapsodic' logos, Tymieniecka interrogates concepts as varied as creativity and the media, joy and suffering, and truth and ambiguity. She contemplates the possibilities and limits of communication between human beings, and outlines what she calls the 'transnatural destiny' of the human soul. The book asserts that unlike theory, which unfolds a logical continuity, and unlike dialogu
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; Introduction; a. The Illusion of the Return to the Source; b. The Quest for ``True Reality'' and the Impasse Between Individual and Collective Effort; c. The Dilemma at the Heart of Creativity: Collective Heritage vis--vis Individual Existence; d. Phenomenology of Life (Philosophy of Life); Pro-Logos; a. The Dominating Drive of Our Age; b. The Universal Logos; c. The Issue; d. The Rhapsodic Logos: Inward Orientation Toward a Sense of Fulfillment; Pars I; The First Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed: the Quest the Quest; A Period of Preparation for Faith
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Seeking Authentic Reality Behind its Media2. The Conditions of Creativity as Seen Philosophically; 3. The Radical Beginning: Limit Concepts and a New Pattern for the Mind; Pars II; The Second Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed: Does God Speak to the Soul?; Glimmerings; 1. Hope: The Goddess of Illusion -- No Hope but Desire for God (An Afterthought); 2.Joy and Suffering; 3.The Life of Passion or of Stoic Reserve; 4. The Impossibility of Truth and the Ambiguity of Being; Pars III; The Window upon the Absolute; 1. Destiny
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. The Divine Scheme of Creation and the Transnatural Destiny of the Soul3. The Window to the Absolute; 4. The Transnatural Destiny of the Soul; 5. The Paradox of Love; 6. Waiting for God and the Spiritual Destiny of the Soul; 7. Human Communion, the Existential Communication of the Philosopher and the Communication of Transnatural Destiny; Pars IV; Opening the Window to the Absolute; 1. Is Human Communication Possible ? The Door to the Absolute; a. Mary and Elizabeth; b. The Communication of the Unique Treasure; c. The Unique Instant; Pars V
    Description / Table of Contents: Retracing our Steps to the Cave, Illuminating IT1. The Two-Way Reflection and Giving Meaning to Life; 2. The Suffering of Living (le Mal de Vivre); 3. The Meaning of Life and the Ideal of Life; Pars VI; In the Pursuit of Truth; 1. Human Knowing at Loose Ends; 2. The Search for Personal Truth; 3. The Broad Outlook and the Narrow Focus; 4. The Struggle for Life; Pars VII; The Third Sermon of Timothy the Dispossessed : the Mystery of Incarnation; Embodiment: Our Inward Drama Situated within the World of Life, Nature, and the Cosmos
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Contingent Existence of Man within the Scheme of the Cosmos2. Originary Evidence: The Antithetic Tension between Imminent Mobility and the Urge to Rest; 3. Movement, Change, and the Tendency to Seek Rest the Antithetic Situation: Experience at the Crossroads of the Imminent; a. Originary Evidence -- Collective Experience; b. Argument: The Concern and Notion of Existence; 4. The Individual and the World Context of Actual Existence; 5. More on Originary Evidence; a. The Sense-Bestowing Structure of Cognition and the Inexorable Changeability of Nature and the World Around Us
    Description / Table of Contents: b. The Instantaneity of Consciousness and its Essential Fleetingness: No Intrinsic Point of Rest or Support
    Note: "Published under the auspices of The World Institute for Advanced Phenomenological Research and Learning, A-T. Tymieniecka, President , Includes index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2257-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723092
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 297p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Neighbourhood effects research
    RVK:
    RB 10792
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Human Geography ; Empirische Sozialforschung ; Lebensbedingungen ; Nachbarschaft ; Sozialstruktur ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Wohngebiet ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wohngebiet ; Sozialstruktur ; Nachbarschaft ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Lebensbedingungen ; Empirische Sozialforschung
    Abstract: Over the last 25 years a vast body of literature has been published on neighbourhood effects: the idea that living in more deprived neighbourhoods has a negative effect on residents' life chances over and above the effect of their individual characteristics. The volume of work not only reflects academic and policy interest in this topic, but also the fact that we are still no closer to answering the question of how important neighbourhood effects actually are. There is little doubt that these effects exist, but we do not know enough about the causal mechanisms which produce them, their relativ
    Description / Table of Contents: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Introduction; Identifying Causal Neighbourhood Effects; Neighbourhood Effects Research at a Crossroads?; Book Structure and Contents; References; Chapter 2: The Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood Effects: Theory, Evidence, and Policy Implications; Introduction; How Might Neighbourhood Effects Transpire?; Social-Interactive Mechanisms; Environmental Mechanisms; Geographical Mechanisms; Institutional Mechanisms
    Description / Table of Contents: Conceptual Issues in Uncovering and Measuring Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood EffectsThe Composition of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Administration of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Neighbourhood Dosage-Response Relationship; Past Investigative Responses and Their Limitations; Evidence on Social-Interactive Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; Social Contagion and Collective Socialization; Social Networks; Social Cohesion and Control; Competition and Relative Deprivation; Parental Mediation; Evidence on Environmental Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: Evidence on Geographical Mechanisms of Neighbourhood EffectsEvidence on Institutional Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; A Provisional Synthesis Regarding Evidence on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Scholarship and Policy; Advancing Scholarship on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Public Policy; References; Chapter 3: Ethnographic Evidence, Heterogeneity, and Neighbourhood Effects After Moving to Opportunity; Introduction; The First Twenty Years of Neighbourhood Effects Research; Selection Bias; Effects on Average; Mechanisms
    Description / Table of Contents: A Turning Point: The Moving to Opportunity StudiesMoving Forward: From Homogeneous to Heterogeneous Treatment Effects; Individual Level; Neighbourhood Level; City Level; Moving Forward: Better Integrating Ethnographic Research; Two Roles for Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Data and Heterogeneity; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Understanding Neighbourhood Effects: Selection Bias and Residential Mobility; Introduction; An Empirical Illustration of Selective Mobility Patterns; Selective Mobility and the Selection Problem; Factors Affecting Neighbourhood Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Dealing with Neighbourhood Sorting and Selection BiasConcluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Social Mix, Reputation and Stigma: Exploring Residents' Perspectives of Neighbourhood Effects; Introduction; The Case Study Neighbourhoods; Survey Findings; Stigma and the Neighbourhood; The Condition of Housing; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood; Safety of the Neighbourhood; Tenure and Neighbourhood Density; Summary and Discussion of Survey Results; Interview Findings; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood and Condition of the Housing; Safety; Density; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Theorising and Measuring Place in Neighbourhood Effects Research: The Example of Teenage Parenthood in England
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2309-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Philosophical Dimensions of Human Rights : Some Contemporary Views (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723764
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 319p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Philosophical dimensions of human rights
    RVK:
    PR 2213
    RVK:
    CC 7500
    RVK:
    CC 7600
    RVK:
    CC 7620
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Human rights ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Menschenrecht ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This book presents a unique collection of the most relevant perspectives in contemporary human rights philosophy. Different intellectual traditions are brought together to explore some of the core postmodern issues challenging standard justifications. Widely accessible also to non experts, contributions aim at opening new perspectives on the state of the art of the philosophy of human rights. This makes this book particularly suitable to human rights experts as well as master and doctoral students. Further, while conceived in a uniform and homogeneous way, the book is internally organized arou
    Abstract: This book presents a unique collection of the most relevant perspectives in contemporary human rights philosophy. Different intellectual traditions are brought together to explore some of the core postmodern issues challenging standard justifications. Widely accessible also to non experts, contributions aim at opening new perspectives on the state of the art of the philosophy of human rights. This makes this book particularly suitable to human rights experts as well as master and doctoral students. Further, while conceived in a uniform and homogeneous way, the book is internally organized arou
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosophical Dimensionsof Human Rights; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I: Historical and Philosophical Perspectives on Human Rights; Chapter 1: Human Rights in History and Contemporary Practice: Source Materials for Philosophy; 1.1 When Were "Human Rights" Invented?; 1.2 How Should Philosophers View the History of Human Rights?; References; Chapter 2: Philosophy and Human Rights: Contemporary Perspectives; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Skeptical Challenges; 2.2.1 Positivist Skepticism; 2.2.2 Relativist Skepticism; 2.2.3 Realist Skepticism; 2.2.4 Theological Skepticism
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Recent Philosophical Work on Human Rights2.3.1 John Rawls; 2.3.2 William Talbott; 2.3.3 James Griffin; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Reconsidering Realism on Rights; 3.1 Against Cosmopolitan Caricature; 3.2 Will the Real Realists Please Stand Up?; 3.3 Realism on Rights: A Second Look; 3.4 Realism Against Human Rights or: How Realism Went Wrong; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Validit-(ies) of Human Rights; Chapter 4: The Concept of Human Dignity and the Realistic Utopia of Human Rights; I; II; III; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Justification of Human Rights and the Basic Right to Justification. A Reflexive Approach*I; II; III; IV; V; VI; VII; VIII; IX; X; References; Chapter 6: Social Harm, Political Judgment, and the Pragmatics of Justification; 6.1 Justice Versus Fairness; 6.2 Justice, Judgment, Justification; 6.3 The Problem of Validity; 6.4 On the Pragmatics of Justification; 6.5 Emancipation Through Deliberation?; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: "It All Depends": The Universal and the Contingent in Human Rights; 7.1 Intolerance, Paternalism, and Human-Rights Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1.1 Forms of Human-Rights Expansionism7.1.2 The Problem of Defective Representation; 7.1.3 Intolerance and Paternalism; 7.2 Universalism Mediated by Contingency; 7.2.1 The Right Not to Be Discriminated Against; 7.2.2 A Right to Outrageous Speech; 7.2.3 Extra-Political Articulation of Rights; 7.3 Conclusions; References; Chapter 8: Tiny Sparks of Contingency. On the Aesthetics of Human Rights; 8.1 The Unloading Ramp at Auschwitz; 8.2 Neda and the New Law on Earth; 8.3 Visual Iterations; 8.4 Injurable Lives; References; Chapter 9: The Idea of a Charter of Fundamental Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.1 The Function and Structure of Legal Sources for Human Rights9.2 Defending a Charter of Fundamental Human Rights Against Frequent Objections; 9.3 The Philosophical Basis of the New Charter of Fundamental Human Rights; 9.4 Concluding Remark; References; Part III: Democracy and Human Rights; Chapter 10: Is There a Human Right to Democracy? Beyond Interventionism and Indifference*; 10.1 Human Rights in Contemporary Discourse; 10.2 A Discourse-Theoretic Account of Human Rights; 10.3 Moral Rights versus Legal Entitlements. A Critique of Nussbaum and Sen
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 Cohen and the Human Right to Democracy
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2376-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Teaching About Hegemony : Race, Class and Democracy in the 21st Century (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400714182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 216p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: Political progressives in Canada and the United States are deeply concerned by the manner in which their countries treat their poor. They are dismayed at the dismantling of the social welfare state, the weakening of public education systems and the grotesque and ever-growing inequality of wealth. To remedy this problem, citizens need to be more aware of how political ideology influences attitudes and actions, and they need to better comprehend the effects of hegemonic discourses in the corporate media and school curriculum. This book informs educators how to develop context-specific pedagogy t
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Mostly theory : ideology, discourse, hegemony, and the curriculum -- pt. 2. Less theory, more applications and practice : deconstructing racial and class discourses for a stronger democracy.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1418-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Collaborating to Meet Language Challenges in Indigenous Mathematics Classrooms (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400719941 , 1283456133 , 9781283456135
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (CCCIX, 12p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Mathematics
    Abstract: Language can be simultaneously both a support and a hindrance to students' learning of mathematics. When students have sufficient fluency in the mathematics register so that they can discuss their ideas, they become chiefs who are able to think mathematically. However, learning the mathematics register of an Indigenous language is not a simple exercise and involves many challenges not only for students, but also for their teachers and the wider community. Collaborating to Meet Language Challenges in Indigenous Mathematics Classrooms identifies some of the challenges-political, mathematical, co
    Description / Table of Contents: He mihi aroha; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; Wero and the Story of Maui; The School and the Data; Using Case Studies; The Complexity of Learning Mathematics in an Indigenous Language; Meeting and Overcoming Challenges; Overview of the Chapters; Part I Meeting Political Challenges; 2 The Development of a Mathematics Register in an Indigenous Language; Te Wero No Waho - The External Challenge; Te Wero No Roto - The Internal Challenge; The Process of Expanding the Mathematics Register in Te Reo Maori; The Standardising Process
    Description / Table of Contents: Challenges to Te Reo Maori from Developing the Mathematics RegisterMeeting Challenges; 3 The History of Te Kura Kaupapa Maori o Te Koutu - The Politicisation of a Local Community; The History of Te Koutu; Governance and Whanau Involvement in the School; Meeting Challenges in Establishing and Operating Te Koutu; 4 It Is Kind of Hard to Develop Ideas When You Can't Understand the Question: Doing Exams Bilingually; National Certificate of Educational Achievement; Making the Exams Bilingual; Results from Bilingual NCEA Examinations; Equivalence in Bilingual Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving the Quality of the Te Reo Maori ExaminationsStudents' Responses to Doing Exams Bilingually; Meeting the Challenge of Doing Exams Bilingually; Part II Meeting Mathematical Challenges; 5 The Resources in Te Reo Maori for Students to Think Mathematically; Resources in Te Reo Maori; Linguistic Markers; Transparency Within Terms; Logical Connectives; Linguistic Complexity; Learning How to Give Spoken Explanations; Kanikani Pangarau - Dancing Mathematics; Meeting Challenges Around Thinking Mathematically; 6 Writing to Help Students Think Mathematically
    Description / Table of Contents: The Role of Literacy Within a Traditionally Oral CultureWriting to Support Reflection; Types of Writing in Mathematics; Writing in Mathematics at Te Koutu; Whakaahua; Whakamarama; Parahau; Judging the Quality of Mathematical Writing; Students' Views About Writing in Mathematics; Challenges in Writing to Support Mathematical Thinking; 7 The Case of Probability; Students Learning About Probability; Learning to Think About Probability; Developing the Idea of Likelihood in the Beginning School Years; Developing Ideas About the Probability of Events at the End of Primary School
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Ideas About the Probability of Events in Intermediate and High SchoolMeeting the Challenge of Using Language for Thinking Probabilistically; Part III Meeting Community Challenges; 8 Using the Mathematics Register Outside the Classroom; Te Reo Maori and Broadcasting; The Use of the Mathematic Register on Mori Television; The Use of Te Reo Maori by Students Once They Finish Their Mori-Medium Schooling; Using Te Reo Maori for Further Study; Using Te Reo Maori at Work; Using Te Reo Maori for Socialising; Meeting the Challenge of Having Te Reo Maori Spoken in the Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Teachers as Learners of the Mathematics Register
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1994-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A Comparative Look at Regulation of Corporate Tax Avoidance (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723429
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 383p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Ethics ; Public finance ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Public finance ; Steuerhinterziehung ; Internationales Steuerrecht ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: Karen B. Brown
    Abstract: This volume provides a fascinating look at the anti-tax avoidance strategies employed by more than fifteen countries in eastern and western Europe, Canada, the Pacific Rim, Asia, Africa, and the United States. It surveys the similarities and differences in anti-avoidance regimes and contains detailed chapters for each country surveying the moral and legal dimensions of the problem. The proliferation of tax avoidance schemes in recent years signals the global dimensions of a problem presenting a serious challenge to the effective administration of tax laws. Tax avoidance involves unacceptable m
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Comparative Regulation of Corporate Tax Avoidance: An Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Regulation of Tax Avoidance -- In General; 1.3 General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAARs); 1.4 Disclosure and Penalty Rules; 1.5 Prescriptions for Future Developments; Part I Country Reports; 2 Australia; 2.1 Legal System; 2.2 Income Tax System; 2.3 Tax Controversies; 2.4 Tax Avoidance Jurisprudence; 2.5 The GAAR; 2.5.1 Tax Benefits; 2.5.2 Purpose; 2.6 Targeted Anti-avoidance Rules; 2.7 Regulation of Anti-avoidance; 2.8 Cross-Border Transactions; 2.8.1 Transfer Pricing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.8.2 Thin Capitalization Rules2.8.3 Anti-deferral Measures; 2.8.3.1 Controlled Foreign Companies Rules; 2.8.3.2 Foreign Investment Funds; 2.8.4 Double Tax Agreements; 2.9 Tax-Avoidance Penalties; 2.9.1 Specific Penalties in Relation to Part IVA Schemes; 2.9.2 General Penalties Which Also Apply in GAAR Cases; 2.9.2.1 Interest Payable on Overdue Tax; 2.9.2.2 General Interest Charge; 2.9.2.3 Shortfall Interest Charge; 2.10 Tax Evasion; 2.11 Administrative Offences; 2.12 Targeted Anti-avoidance Rules; 2.13 Promoter Penalty Regime; 2.14 Statutory Interpretation; 2.15 Targeted Transactions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Canada3.1 Canadian Legal System; 3.2 Enacting Tax Laws; 3.3 Administration and Enforcement of Tax Laws; 3.3.1 Overview of the CRA; 3.3.2 The Self Assessment System; 3.3.3 Assessment and Reassessments; 3.3.4 Objections and Appeals; 3.4 General Approach to Statutory Interpretation; 3.5 The Absence of Judicial Activism; 3.5.1 Rejection of a Business Purpose Test; 3.5.2 The REOP Test; 3.5.3 The Reliance on Legal Form and Substance; 3.6 The General Anti-avoidance Rule ("GAAR"); 3.6.1 Interpretation of the GAAR; 3.6.1.1 Tax Benefit; 3.6.1.2 Avoidance Transaction; 3.6.1.3 Abusive Tax Avoidance
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6.1.4 Is the GAAR Effective?3.7 Tax Shelter and Tax Shelter Investment Rules; 3.7.1 Tax Treaty Abuse; 3.8 Tax Avoidance Reporting Rules -- Draft Section 237.3; 4 The People's Republic of China; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Tax Law as Part of the Broader Legal System; 4.3 Enforcement of Tax Laws; 4.4 Dispute Resolution; 4.5 Tax Avoidance, Tax Evasion and Tax Mitigation; 4.6 GAAR; 4.7 Regulations Concerning Tax Avoidance; 4.8 Penalties for Tax Avoidance and Tax Evasion; 4.9 Disclosure Requirements; 4.10 Tax Shelters; 4.11 Reforms; 5 Croatia; 5.1 Legal System; 5.2 Tax Law; 5.3 Tax Avoidance
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Position of Tax Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Power to Address Tax Avoidance5.5 GAAR; 5.6 Cross-Border Transactions; 5.7 Penalties; 5.8 Economic Substance; 5.9 Penalties for Tax Advisers; 5.10 Conclusion; 6 France; 6.1 L'introduction; 6.2 Le règne de la règle de droit: les règles spéciales anti-abus; 6.3 La première étape de la marginalisation de la règle juridique: la théorie de l'abus de droit; 6.4 La deuxième étape de la marginalisation de la règle juridique: l'idée de responsabilité sociale des entreprises; 6.5 Faut-il en arriver là?; 7 Germany; 7.1 Legal System; 7.1.1 Basic Structural Principles; 7.1.2 European Union
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2342-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International Handbook of Rural Demography (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400718425
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Population 3
    DDC: 304.61
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Population ; Demography
    Abstract: This is the third in an essential series of Springer handbooks that explore key aspects of the nexus between demography and social science. With an inclusive international perspective, and founded on the principles of social demography, this handbook shows how the rural population, which recently dropped below 50 per cent of the world total, remains a vital segment of society living in proximity to much-needed developmental and amenity resources. The rich diversity of rural areas shapes the capacity of resident communities to address far-reaching social, environmental and economic challenges. Some will survive, become sustainable and even thrive, while others will suffer rapid depopulation. This handbook demonstrates how these future development trajectories will vary according to local characteristics including, but not limited to, population composition
    Abstract: This is the third in an essential series of Springer handbooks that explore key aspects of the nexus between demography and social science. With an inclusive international perspective, and founded on the principles of social demography, this handbook shows how the rural population, which recently dropped below 50 per cent of the world total, remains a vital segment of society living in proximity to much-needed developmental and amenity resources. The rich diversity of rural areas shapes the capacity of resident communities to address far-reaching social, environmental and economic challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 Why Does Rural Demography Still Matter?; The Importance of Rural Demography; Rurality and Global Rural Demographic Trends; The Structure of the Handbook; References; 2 Challenges in the Analysis of Rural PopulationsINTnl; in the United States; Defining Rural in Rural Demography; Defining the Concept of Rural; Identifying the Geography of Rural Areas: The Problem of the Residual; Defining Rural Areas Internationally; Examples of Difficulties in the Use of Rural Population Data in Analyses of Important Areas of Rural Life
    Description / Table of Contents: Measuring the Effects of Rural Areal Characteristics on Demographic ProcessesEstimates and Projections of Rural Populations; Examples from the Analysis of Health Conditions in Rural Areas; Examples from Population and the Environment: Assessing the Demographic Impacts of Environmental Change; Toward the Integration of Rural and Rural Space in Rural Demography; References; 3 Rural Natural Increase in the New Century: America's Third Demographic Transition; Rural Natural Increase in the New Century: Americas Third Demographic Transition?; Natural Increase and Decrease in Rural America
    Description / Table of Contents: Data and MethodsAnalysis; Recent Demographic Change in Nonmetropolitan and Metropolitan Areas; Demographic Change in County Types; Natural Decrease in Rural America; The Impact of Hispanic and Minority Population Change on Rural Natural Increase; Natural Increase and Population Diversity; Discussion and Conclusion; References; 4 Migration and Rural Population Change: Comparative Views in More Developed Nations; Introduction; The Demographic Approach to Examining Urbanization and Population Redistribution; Critique of the Demographic Approach
    Description / Table of Contents: Demographic Dynamics of Urbanization and Population RedistributionMigration's Contribution to Urbanization and Counter-Urbanization; Migration and Rural Population Change in More Developed Nations; Measurement of Urban and Rural Is Not Comparable Between the US, England, and Hungary; Continuous Counter-Urbanization in England; Migration's Role in England's Counter-Urbanization During Recent Decades; Counter-Urbanization in the US, But Only Sometimes; The Hungarian Case; Conclusions; References; 5 World Urbanization: Destiny and Reconceptualization; Urban Definitions; Two Urban Revolutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Since 1950Spread Urbanization; How Does Urbanization Occur; Growth Rates Versus Percentage Change; Regional Patterns; Rise of Megacities; Conclusion; References; 6 Rural Aging in International Context; Introduction; How Is Aging Measured; How and Why Does Population Aging Occur; The Role of Migration; Where are the Oldest Old?; Aging and Population Composition; Implications of Aging for Rural Populations; Aging and the Workforce; Preferences in Care Taking and the Elderly; The Take Home; References; 7 Europe's Rural Demography; Rural Europe in the Wider World
    Description / Table of Contents: Rural Population Change in Europe
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1842-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Experiencing Grandparenthood : An Asian Perspective (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 1283456346 , 9789400723030 , 9781283456340
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 47
    DDC: 306.874/5
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Asien ; Großeltern ; Soziale Rolle
    Abstract: Within the context of an ageing Asia, the growing numbers of grandparents and the important roles they play within the family propel the need for a book devoted to their experiences. This book, with its focus on the Asian perspective, is pertinent and timely as Asia has undergone socio-cultural, economic and family transformations as a result of modernization, urbanization and demographic aging in the last century. In filling a gap in the current literature, the volume seeks to answer the following questions, what is the state of grandparenting in the Asian context today? How do the roles and
    Description / Table of Contents: Experiencing Grandparenthood; The Editors; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Grandparenthood in Asia; 1 The Attention on Grandparenthood; 2 The Traditional Grandparent: An Asian Perspective; 3 Does the Traditional Grandparent Still Exist?; 4 Some Conceptual and Theoretical Perspectives on Grandparenting; 4.1 Intergenerational Relations; 4.2 Living Arrangements; 4.3 Filial Responsibility and Filial Piety; 4.4 Family Solidarity and Ambivalence; 4.5 Social Capital; 4.6 Individualisation Theory; 4.7 Life Course Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 The Social-Developmental Perspective4.9 Conceptual Framework; 4.10 Reciprocity; 4.11 The Methodology; 5 Limitations and Features of the Volume; References; Chapter 2: Changing Social and Demographic Characteristics in Asia; 1 The World Population and Asia; 2 The Rapidly Declining Birthrate and Ageing Population in Asia; 3 Ageing Population; 4 Social and Economic Conditions in Asian Countries; 4.1 China; 4.2 Hong Kong; 4.3 Japan; 4.4 Malaysia; 4.5 Singapore; 4.6 Thailand; 5 Changes in Family and Living Arrangements; References; Chapter 3: Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Grandparenting Roles and Functions3 An Asian Perspective; 4 Methodology; 4.1 Measures; 4.2 Data Analysis; 5 Results; 5.1 Shared Views Across the Generations; 5.2 Different Views Across the Generations; 6 Grandparenthood as a Personal Journey: Unique and Diverse Experiences; 6.1 Reasons for Changes in Grandparenting Roles and Functions over Time; 6.2 Expectations of Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 7 Discussion; 8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Meanings of Being a Grandparent; 1 The Cultural and Symbolic Significance of Becoming a Grandparent; 1.1 Family Continuity
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 Preference for the Male in Family Continuity1.3 Advancing Up the Family Hierarchy; 2 Grandparents: The Informal Childcare Providers; 2.1 'Non-interference' Behaviour and Caregiving; 3 Ensuring a 'Good' Grandchild: Grandparents and Value Transmission; 3.1 The Scope of Grandparents' Teachings; 3.2 A Good Grandparent Stays Away from Disciplining Grandchildren; 4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Stress and Conflict Management Strategies in Grandparenthood; 1 Understanding the Common Stresses Facing Grandparents; 2 Major Themes; 2.1 Living Arrangements and Family Dynamics
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Multiple Overlapping Roles That Grandparents Play2.3 Altruistic Worries; 2.3.1 Money Matters; 2.3.2 Loss of Culture and Traditions; 2.4 Ambivalence over Filial Expectations, Changing Norms and Self Versus Family Demands; 3 Strategies of Conflict Management; 3.1 Avoidance and Non-interference Strategy; 3.2 Flexible Boundaries; 3.3 Adaptability to Circumstances; 3.4 Philosophical Wisdom; References; Chapter 6: The Socio-psychological Well-Being of Grandparents; 1 Closeness with Grandchildren; 1.1 Enjoying Co-existence with the Younger Generation
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 Closeness to the Grandchildren at Home
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2303-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Reinvention of Distinction : Modernity and the Middle Class in Urban Vietnam (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723061
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: ARI - Springer Asia Series 2
    DDC: 305.55098209
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Architecture ; Anthropology ; Human Geography
    Abstract: This pioneering collection brings together an international group of scholars to explore the Vietnamese middle class. From the leisure pursuits of the colonial middle class to the impact of the new urban rich on landscape of the countryside, this interdisciplinary volume explores the ways in which middle classness has been practiced in a wide range of contexts throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. In addition to offering insights into how middle classness was and is constituted and negotiated, this collection illuminates the cultural and social conditions of two distinctive periods in
    Abstract: This pioneering collection brings together an international group of scholars to explore the Vietnamese middle class. From the leisure pursuits of the colonial middle class to the impact of the new urban rich on landscape of the countryside, this interdisciplinary volume explores the ways in which middle classness has been practiced in a wide range of contexts throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. In addition to offering insights into how middle classness was and is constituted and negotiated, this collection illuminates the cultural and social conditions of two distinctive periods in
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: Who Are the Urban Middle Class in Vietnam?; 1.1 Narratives of Class in Vietnamese History; 1.2 Problematizing the Middle Class; 1.3 Conceptualizing the Middle Class; 1.4 Chapter Summaries; References; Part I Historical Perspectives; 2 Advertising, Modernity, and Consumer Culture in Colonial Vietnam; 2.1 Existing Scholarship; 2.2 Advertising and the Colonial World; 2.3 Progress Has No Limits!; 2.4 Consumer Identity and New Communities; 2.5 Creating Communities: Consumption and the Formation of a National Identity; 2.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Cuisine and Social Status Among Urban Vietnamese, 1888--19263.1 Upper-Middle-Class Vietnamese: A Separate Path; 3.2 Middle-Class Interest in New Products; 3.3 Middle-Class Restaurant Culture; 3.4 The First Modern Cookbook in Vietnamese; 3.5 Vietnamese Middle-Class Vulnerability; 3.6 Conclusion; References; 4 The Associational Life of the Vietnamese Middle Class in Saigon (1950s--1970s); 4.1 Social and Political Changes in Saigon; 4.2 Voluntary Associations; 4.3 The Vietnamese Middle Class, the State, and Nation-Building; 4.4 Conclusion; References; Part II Contemporary Perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Middle Class Landscapes in a Transforming City: Hanoi in the 21st Century5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Middle-Class Landscapes; 5.3 Hanoi's Middle Class Landscapes; 5.3.1 Housing and Suburbs; 5.3.2 Consumption and Leisure; 5.3.3 Private and Public Space; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 Finances, Family, Fashion, Fitness, and ... Freedom? The Changing Lives of Urban Middle-Class Vietnamese Women; 6.1 Rendering Middle Classness Moral; 6.2 The Gendered Dilemmas of Market Freedom; 6.3 Finances; 6.4 Family; 6.5 Fashion; 6.6 Fitness; 6.7 Rethinking Market Freedoms in Vietnam; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Exhibiting Middle Classness: The Social Status of Artists in Hanoi7.1 A History of Art Patronage in Vietnam; 7.2 The Social Class of Artists; 7.3 The Artist as a Middle-Class Male; References; 8 Banking on the Middle Class in Ho Chi Minh City; 8.1 Formations of the Middle Class; 8.2 Banking and the Revolution; 8.3 Reforming the Banking Sector; 8.4 Banking on the Middle Class; 8.5 Sorry, Out of Cash; 8.6 Conclusion; References; 9 When the Ðai Gia (Urban Rich) Go to the Countryside: Impacts of the Urban-Fuelled Rural Land Market in the Uplands; 9.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.2 Ð?i M?i and Middle Class in Vietnam9.3 Arrival of the Ðai Gia in the Uplands and Their Impact on Land Tenure; 9.4 What's Motivating the Ðai Gia to Go to the Uplands?; 9.5 Ðai Gia and the Production of Real Estate Companies; 9.6 Challenging the Conventions; 9.7 Conclusion; References; 10 Afterword: Consumption and Middle-Class Subjectivity in Vietnam; 10.1 Consumption, Modernity, and the Middle Class; 10.2 Consumption, Production, Market, and State; 10.3 Conclusion; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2306-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Philosophy of Behavioral Biology (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Show associated volumes/articles
    Details
    ISBN: 1283456117 , 9789400719514 , 9781283456111
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2012 Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 282
    Parallel Title: Print version Philosophy of Behavioral Biology
    DDC: 570.1
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Human genetics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Animal behavior ; Applied psychology ; Behavior ; Biology ; Philosophy ; Verhaltensforschung ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This volume provides a broad overview of issues in the philosophy of behavioral biology, covering four main themes: genetic, developmental, evolutionary, and neurobiological explanations of behavior. It is both interdisciplinary and empirically informed in its approach, addressing philosophical issues that arise from recent scientific findings in biological research on human and non-human animal behavior. Accordingly, it includes papers by professional philosophers and philosophers of science, as well as practicing scientists. Much of the work in this volume builds on presentations given at th
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosophy of Behavioral Biology; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: The Philosophy of Behavioral Biology; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Background; 1.1.2 Motivation & Content; 1.1.3 Audience; 1.1.4 Structure; 1.2 Summaries of the Chapters; 1.2.1 Part I: Introduction; 1.2.2 Part II: Genetic Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.3 Part III: Developmental Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.4 Part IV: Evolutionary Explanations of Behavior; 1.2.5 Part V: Neurobiological Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 2: Knowledge for What? Monist, Pluralist, Pragmatist Approaches to the Sciences of Behavior
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.12.2; 2.3; 2.4; 2.5; References; Part II: Genetic Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 3: Genome Wide Association Studies of Behavior are Social Science; 3.1 GWAS and Its Discontents; 3.2 Background; 3.3 The Missing Heritability Problem; 3.4 Why not EWAS?; 3.5 Searching for Causes in Social Science; 3.6 Within Family Designs and the Nonshared Environment; 3.7 The Missing Environment Problem; 3.8 GWAS and EWAS; 3.9 Genomic Social Science and Social Scientific Genomics; 3.10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Genetic Traits and Causal Explanation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Contrastive Explanation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 A definition4.4 Objectivity and Context; 4.5 Relation to Previous Literature; 4.6 Traits Versus Dispositions; References; Part III: Developmental Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 5: From Cell-Surface Receptors to Higher Learning: A Whole World of Experience; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Taking Development Seriously; 5.2.1 Preformationism, Epigenesis, and the Modern Consensus; 5.2.2 Beyond Nature and Nurture; 5.2.3 Explanatory Categories of Behavior; 5.2.4 Extragenetic Inheritance and Developmental Niche Construction; 5.2.5 Environmental Regulation of Gene Expression; 5.2.6 A New Epigenesis
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.7 Reclaiming the Environment5.3 Experience and Learning: from Subtle Influences to Obvious Connections; 5.3.1 Naked Behavior: the Loss of Internal Cognition and the Natural Environment; 5.3.2 Simple Learning Systems; 5.4 Synthesizing Development and Learning; 5.4.1 The Role of Epigenetic Mechanisms in Development and Learning; 5.4.2 Learning and the Provisioning of Experience as (part of) Development; 5.4.3 The Development of Learning; 5.4.4 The Quest for New Distinctions; 5.5 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Re-Conceiving Nonhuman Animal Knowledge Through Contemporary Primate Cognitive Studies6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Terms of the Discussion; 6.3 On Chimpanzee Hunters (of Knowledge) and (Evidence) Gatherers; 6.4 Knowing Success; 6.5 On Why this Matters; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Part IV: Evolutionary Explanations of Behavior; Chapter 7: Evolving the Future: Sketching a Science of Intentional Change; 7.1 All organisms are capable of changing in response to their environments; 7.2 Some kinds of phenotypic plasticity can be described by the paradoxical phrase "rigidly flexible"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 Other kinds of phenotypic plasticity are based on more open-ended processes that count as evolutionary in their own right
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1951-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Second International Handbook of Science Education (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9781402090417
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 24
    DDC: 507.1
    RVK:
    DB 2000
    RVK:
    TB 4056
    Keywords: Education ; Education Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Campbell J. McRobbie
    Abstract: The International Handbook of Science Education is a two volume edition pertaining to the most significant issues in science education. It is a follow-up to the first Handbook, published in 1998, which is seen as the most authoritative resource ever produced in science education. The chapters in this edition are reviews of research in science education and retain the strong international flavor of the project. It covers the diverse theories and methods that have been a foundation for science education and continue to characterize this field. Each section contains a lead chapter that provides a
    Description / Table of Contents: Second International Handbook of Science Education; Preface; Contents of Part One; Contents of Part Two; Part I: Sociocultural Perspectives and Urban Education; Chapter 1: Sociocultural Perspectives on Science Education; Illuminating Science Education with Sociocultural Theory; Making Sense of What Happens in Science Classes; My Framework; Structures as Affordances for Enactment; Solidarity and Science Education; Cosmopolitanism; Cogenerative Dialogue; Speaking for Others; Maintaining Focus; Radical Listening; Expanding Participants' Roles; Curriculum Change
    Description / Table of Contents: Cross-Field Production and Creation of CultureProsody and Emotions; Potential for Change; Acknowledgment; References; Chapter 2: Understanding Engagement in Science Education: The Psychological and the Social; Conceptions of Engagement; Moving from the Individual to the Collective: Emotional Engagement as Social and Temporal; The Primacy of Emotional Engagement: Theoretical Perspectives; The Role of Collective Emotional Engagement in the Emotional, Behavioural and Cognitive Engagement of Individuals; Interaction Rituals and Engagement: Implications; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Identity-Based Research in Science EducationIntroduction; Theoretical Frameworks in Identity Research; Figured Worlds and Practice Theories; Discursive Stances; Activity Theory; Identity-Based Studies in Science Education; Global Identities Among Immigrant Students; Positional Identity and Science Teacher Professional Development; Differential Identities from a Common Curriculum; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Diverse Urban Youth's Learning of Science Outside School in University Outreach and Community Science Programs; A Brief Historical Account of Informal Science Practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Two Kinds of Programs: Outreach and Youth Centered ProgramsPrograms Reaching Out to Youth: The Case of Math and Science Upward Bound; Youth-Driven Community Science Programs: Some Examples; Discussion; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Reality Pedagogy and Urban Science Education: Towards a Comprehensive Understanding of the Urban Science Classroom; Problematising Science Education for Urban Students of Colour; The Silencing of Urban Youth Voice in Urban Science Education; Urban Science Education; The Needs of Urban Youth in an Urbanised World
    Description / Table of Contents: Science Education in Urban Settings or Urban Science EducationMoving Towards a Focus on Reality; From Pedagogy of Poverty to Reality Pedagogy; Defining Reality Pedagogy; Enacting Reality Pedagogy; Steps Towards Reality Pedagogy in the Classroom; A Focus on the Three Cs: Co-generative Dialogues, Co-teaching and Cosmopolitanism; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: Learning Science Through Real-World Contexts; Use of Context in Science Education; Outcomes from International Studies on Context-Based Approaches; Relevance; Interest/Attitude/Motivation; Deeper Understanding
    Description / Table of Contents: Recent Developments in Australia
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-1-4020-9041-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Leading Student Assessment (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400717275
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 303p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DO 1250
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Schulleistungsmessung
    Abstract: Taking Stock of Here and Now /Judy L. Lupart, Charles F. Webber --School Leadership, Evidence-Based Decision Making, and Large-Scale Student Assessment /Kenneth Leithwood --Lessons Learned: The Promise and Possibility of Educational Accountability in the United States /Charles L. Slater, Marla W. McGhee, Sarah W. Nelson --Student Assessment Policy and Practice in Alberta: An Assessment for Learning /Jim Brandon, Marsi Quarin-Wright --Fair and Ethical Student Assessment Practices /Jean L. Pettifor, Donald H. Saklofske --How Can Psychological Assessment Inform Classroom Practice? The Role of the School Psychologist in Canadian Schools /Joan Jeary, Vicki L. Schwean --Current Issues in Assessing Students with Special Needs /John Venn --Student and School Characteristics Related to Student Achievement: A Methodological Approach /John O. Anderson --Student Voice in Fair Assessment Practice /Nola Aitken --Grade Level of Achievement Data: Key Indicators for School-Based Decision-Makers /John Burger, Anna Nadirova --Teacher Feedback in Formative Classroom Assessment /Susan M. Brookhart --Using a Measurement Paradigm to Guide Classroom Assessment Processes /Sandy Heldsinger --Putting the Focus on Learning: Shifting Classroom Assessment Practices /Sherry Bennett, Dale Armstrong --The Ecology of Student Assessment /Charles F. Webber, Judy L. Lupart, Shelleyann Scott
    Abstract: This book presents a new and refreshing look at student assessment from the perspective of leading educational theorists, researchers, and practitioners. The authors call for boundary-breaking assessment that reflects clear understandings of the purposes of assessment, a balance of assessment creativity and realism, the ability to detect solutions for assessment challenges, and the capacity to question and imagine assessment alternatives. The 14 chapters offer school and district educators, policy makers, researchers, and university teacher preparation faculty with a comprehensive, current ove
    Description / Table of Contents: Leading Student Assessment; Contents; About the Editors; About the Contributors; Chapter 1: Taking Stock of Here and Now; Introduction; Leading Student Assessment from Here; Leadership; Fairness and Equity in Assessment; Factors Influencing Student Achievement; Assessment in the Classroom; Challenges Here and Now; Establishing Coherence; Knowing Enough; Recognizing Mistakes; Achieving Transparency and Authenticity; Addressing Diversity; Insights That Really Matter: The Old Chestnuts; Large-Scale Assessments Have Value; One Size Does Not Fit All; Understanding Takes Time; Research Matters
    Description / Table of Contents: Proactive Trumps ReactiveFrom Here to Boundary Breaking; References; Chapter 2: School Leadership, Evidence-Based Decision Making, and Large-Scale Student Assessment; Challenge One: Compensating for the Critical Limitations of Large-Scale Assessment Data in Determining the Current Status of Student Learning; Narrow Focus; Lack of Reliability at the Local Level; Delays in Reporting Results; Challenge Two : Estimating Progress and Sustaining Continuous Improvement; Challenge Three: Responding to the Absence of Robust Information About the Causes of Students' Current Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Challenge Four : Improving the Organizational Conditions That Support Productive School ImprovementDirect and Indirect Approaches to Improvement; The Indirect Approach Illustrated; Academic Press; Teacher Trust in Colleagues, Parents, and Students; Collective Teacher Efficacy; Challenge Five: Overcoming Common Errors in Human Judgment; Overweighting Vividness in Interpreting the Problem; Generalizing from a Small or Biased Sample; Failure to See That a Situation Is Unique or Different from Others in the Past; Failure to Modify a Single Approach or Strategy in Light of Situational Features
    Description / Table of Contents: Making Use of Theories or Schemas That Do Not Accurately Represent RealityConclusion; References; Chapter 3: Lessons Learned: The Promise and Possibility of Educational Accountability in the United States; Positive Outcomes of Accountability Systems; Unintended Consequences of Educational Accountability; Curriculum Narrowing; The Redirection of Instructional Time; Pushing Students Out; Accountability Reconsidered; Misplaced Accountability; Accountable to Whom?; Accountable for What?; Recommendations; Real-World Standards for a Broad Curriculum; Keeping Students In
    Description / Table of Contents: From Punishment to AssistanceDevelopment of a Learning and Assessment Culture; An Accountability Model; Democratic Participation; Conclusion: The Need for Dialogue; References; Chapter 4: Student Assessment Policy and Practice in Alberta: An Assessment for Learning; Introduction; Conceptual Framework; Assessment Standards; Standard One: Quality Teaching as Situated, Collective Expertise-in-Action; Standard Two: Formative Assessment as Generative and Informative Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: Standard Three: Summative Assessment, Grading, and Reporting as Consistent, Accurate, and Outcome - Referenced Descriptions of Learning
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1727-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Importance of Assent : A Theory of Coercion and Dignity (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400707665 , 1283453231 , 9781283453233
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 157p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Rijt, Jan-Willem van der, 1977 - The importance of assent
    RVK:
    PI 3600
    RVK:
    CC 7200
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Acquiescence (Psychology) ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Judgment (Ethics) ; Control (Psychology) ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Zwang ; Würde ; Praktische Philosophie ; Zwang ; Würde ; Praktische Philosophie
    Abstract: This book argues that respecting persons as moral agents requires considerable consideration be paid to the subjective moral judgments of individual persons. It shows that such judgments are important independently of their validity or even their reasonableness. Despite the great emphasis on respect for persons in present-day moral theory, the importance of a person's subjective moral judgments has largely been neglected in existing literature. The book focuses particularly on the context of coercion and domination, both key notions in moral and political theory. The book combines Kantian and
    Abstract: This book argues that respecting persons as moral agents requires considerable consideration be paid to the subjective moral judgments of individual persons. It shows that such judgments are important independently of their validity or even their reasonableness. Despite the great emphasis on respect for persons in present-day moral theory, the importance of a person's subjective moral judgments has largely been neglected in existing literature. The book focuses particularly on the context of coercion and domination, both key notions in moral and political theory. The book combines Kantian and
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Coercion -- pt. 2. Dignity and interference -- pt. 3. A Kantian reconstruction of republicanism.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0766-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Contradictions of Neoliberal Planning : Cities, Policies, and Politics (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048189243
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 217p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 102
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Contradictions of Neoliberal Planning
    RVK:
    RB 10909
    RVK:
    MS 1840
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Geography ; Regional planning ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Regional planning ; Human Geography
    Abstract: The premise of this volume is that the concepts of 'neoliberalism' and 'neoliberalisation' have largely been overlooked in planning theory as well as in the analysis of planning practice, despite the common deployment of these terms in the social sciences. Combining a number of specially commissioned chapters with insights from papers presented to a recent conference session of the Association of American Geographers in Boston, the book is dedicated to filling this significant lacuna in the study of planning. What the case studies explored in these chapters--from Africa, Asia, North America an
    Abstract: The premise of this volume is that the concepts of 'neoliberalism' and 'neoliberalisation' have largely been overlooked in planning theory as well as in the analysis of planning practice, despite the common deployment of these terms in the social sciences. Combining a number of specially commissioned chapters with insights from papers presented to a recent conference session of the Association of American Geographers in Boston, the book is dedicated to filling this significant lacuna in the study of planning. What the case studies explored in these chapters--from Africa, Asia, North America an
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Authors; 1 Introduction: Contradictions of Neoliberal Urban Planning; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Varieties of Capitalism, Path-Dependency, and Diverse Reactions of Planning Institutions; 1.1.2 Ambivalent Position of Planning Institutions; 1.1.3 Increasing Opportunity-Led Approach of Planning Institutions; 1.2 Contradictions of Neoliberalisation for Urban Planning; 1.3 About This Book; References; 2 Normalising Neoliberal Planning: The Case of Malmö, Sweden; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Neoliberal Planning: New Urbanity, Urban Continuity2.2.1 The Plan; 2.2.2 The People: Reworking Malm''s Demographic Fabric Against the Odds; 2.3 The Production of the Örespectacle: New Scales and Landscapes of Prosperity and Poverty; 2.4 The Same and the New: Continuity and Change in an Age of Neoliberal Planning; 2.4.1 The Same; 2.4.2 The New; 2.5 Conclusion; References; 3 Neoliberal Urban Policy, Aspirational Citizenship and the Uses of Cultural Distinction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Neoliberal Discourses, Urban Policy, and the Naturalising of Class Distinctions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 British Urban Policy and the Creation of Aspirational Citizens3.2.1 The Changing Form and Character of Urban Policy Interventions; 3.2.2 The Field of Culture-Led Urban Policy and the Evolution of Neoliberal Rationalities; 3.3 Conclusions; References; 4 Contradictions in the Neoliberal Policy Instruments: What Is the Stance of the State?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Changing Role and Policies of the State in the Neoliberal Era; 4.2.1 Re-territorialisation: Complex and Inconsistent Strategies; 4.2.2 Re-distribution of Power and Responsibilities: For What and to Whom?
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 State Interests and Concerns About Urban Areas: A New Dilemma4.3.1 Amendments to Previous Planning Legislation: The Reluctance of the Central Government to Transfer Planning Rights to Local Governments; 4.3.2 The Outcomes of the New Approach: Increasing Government Intervention; 4.4 The State as a New Actor in the Distribution of Benefits of Urban Development; 4.4.1 Urban Plans and Urban Policy Instruments as a Means of Redistribution: Changing from Indirect to Direct Transfer; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Transnational Neoliberalisation and the Role of Supranational Trade Agreements in Local Urban Policy Implementation: The Case of the European Union5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Globalisation and the Role of International Agreements in Local Urban Policy: The Case of the European Union; 5.3 Dutch Neoliberalisation? Changing Urban Policy Context Towards an Ambiguous 'Way'; 5.4 Constraints for PPP Structures Due to the EU Competitiveness Policy: State Aid and Public Procurement Practices in the Netherlands; 5.4.1 Amersfoort Case (Vathorst): Public Procurement and Consequences for New Town Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 Haaksbergen Case: State Aid and Consequences for Urban Renewal
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8924-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cost and Fee Allocation in Civil Procedure : A Comparative Study (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722637
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 314p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    PU 1550
    Keywords: Civil law ; Civil Law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law
    Abstract: The volume describes and analyzes how the costs of litigation in civil procedure are distributed in key countries around the world. It compares the various approaches, draws general conclusions from that comparison, and presents global trends as well as common problems and solutions. In particular, the book deals with three principal questions: First, who pays for civil litigation costs, i.e., to what extent do losers have to make winners whole? Second, how much money is at stake, i.e., how expensive is civil litigation in the respective jurisdictions? And third, whose money is ultimately spen
    Abstract: The volume describes and analyzes how the costs of litigation in civil procedure are distributed in key countries around the world. It compares the various approaches, draws general conclusions from that comparison, and presents global trends as well as common problems and solutions. In particular, the book deals with three principal questions: First, who pays for civil litigation costs, i.e., to what extent do losers have to make winners whole? Second, how much money is at stake, i.e., how expensive is civil litigation in the respective jurisdictions? And third, whose money is ultimately spen
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I General Report; 1 Cost and Fee Allocation in Civil Procedure: A Synthesis; 1.1 Introduction: The Topic and Its Limits; 1.1.1 The Significance of Cost and Fee Rules; 1.1.2 The Importance of Comparative Perspectives; 1.1.3 From Obscurity to Prominence; 1.1.4 The Database -- The Developed Part of the World; 1.1.5 Overview; 1.2 Who Pays? The Basic Rules and Their Reasons; 1.2.1 The Basic Rule: To Shift or Not to Shift?; 1.2.1.1 Major Shifting; 1.2.1.2 Partial Shifting; 1.2.1.3 Minor Shifting; 1.2.2 Exceptions and Modifications
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.2.1 Special Types of Litigation1.2.2.2 Party-Based Exceptions; 1.2.2.3 Sanctions for Causing Unnecessary Costs; 1.2.2.4 Split Outcomes; 1.2.2.5 Settlements; 1.2.3 Policies: Fairness or Instrumentalism?; 1.2.3.1 Basic Fairness; 1.2.3.2 Instrumentalist Considerations; 1.2.3.3 Pure Instrumentalism; 1.3 How Much? The Financial Risks of Litigation; 1.3.1 Court Costs: Trouble or Triviality?; 1.3.1.1 Computation; 1.3.1.2 Differences in Size; 1.3.1.3 Two Explanations; 1.3.2 Attorney Fees: The Lion's Share; 1.3.2.1 Computation; 1.3.2.2 From Schedule to Market; 1.3.2.3 Absolute and Relative Size
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.2.4 Avoiding Attorney Fees1.3.3 The Expenses of Evidence: What Price Fact Gathering?; 1.3.3.1 Civil Law Systems; 1.3.3.2 Common Law Jurisdictions; 1.3.3.3 The United States Approach; 1.3.4 The Total Picture: Litigation Costs in Four Cases and Their Impact; 1.3.4.1 Small Claims; 1.3.4.2 Small to Medium Cases; 1.3.4.3 Medium to Large Disputes; 1.3.4.4 High-Value Litigation; 1.3.4.5 Litigation Costs and Access to Justice; 1.4 Whose Money? Access to Justice Through Mechanisms of Risk Distribution; 1.4.1 Legal Aid: Assisting the Needy; 1.4.1.1 Public Legal Aid; 1.4.1.2 Semi-official Assistance
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.1.3 Pro Bono Work1.4.2 Litigation Insurance: Buying Protection; 1.4.2.1 Package-Deal Insurance; 1.4.2.2 Free-Standing Litigation Insurance; 1.4.2.3 British After-the-Event Insurance; 1.4.3 Collective Actions: Banding Together; 1.4.3.1 Class Actions; 1.4.3.2 Group Actions; 1.4.3.3 Organizations Pursuing Collective Interests; 1.4.4 Success-Oriented Fees: Winners Pooling with Losers; 1.4.4.1 Contingency Fees; 1.4.4.2 No-Win-No-Fee Agreements; 1.4.4.3 Success Premiums (Uplifts); 1.4.5 Outside Investment in Litigation: Sharing the Spoils; 1.4.5.1 Assignment of Claims
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.5.2 Outside Litigation Funding1.5 In Conclusion: Grouping Cost and Fee Allocation Systems; 1.5.1 Regional and Cultural Clusters?; 1.5.2 Civil Law v. Common Law?; Part II National Reports; 2 The Price of Access to the Civil Courts Australia -- Old Problems, New Solutions: A Commercial Litigation Funding Case Study; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Overview of Litigation Funding and Costs in Australia 2; 2.3 Commercial Litigation Funding; 2.4 Conclusion; 3 Litigating in Austria -- Are Costs and Fees Worth It?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Who Has to Bear the Costs?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 ''Major Shifting'' as the Basic Rule in Austria
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2263-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Scholars in the Changing American Academy : New Contexts, New Rules and New Roles (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400727304 , 1283456648 , 9781283456647
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 246p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Cummings, William K., 1943 - Scholars in the changing American academy
    RVK:
    DM 2002
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Study and teaching ; United States ; Education, Higher ; United States ; USA ; Erziehung
    Abstract: Martin J. Finkelstein
    Abstract: As the nature of education generally, and higher education in particular, changes irrevocably, it is crucial to understand the informed opinions of those closest to the institutions of learning. This book, based on a survey of academics in 19 nations and conducted by leading global scholars, is a thorough sounding of the attitudes of academics to their working environment. As the post-WWII liberal consensus crumbles, higher education is increasingly viewed as a private and personal investment in individual social mobility rather than as a public good and, ipso facto, a responsibility of public
    Description / Table of Contents: Scholars in the Changing American Academy; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Tables; Chapter 1: The Changing Academic Profession in the USA; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Changing Context for Academic Work; 1.3 Impact on the Academic Profession; 1.4 Two Types of Academies; 1.5 The Concept of the Academic Profession; 1.6 The Development and Stratification of Three Global Models of the University; 1.7 Twentieth-Century Massification of Higher Education in the USA; 1.8 The Transformation of Management and Governance; 1.9 Inquiry on the American and Global Academic Profession(s)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.10 The 2007 Changing Academic Profession Study1.11 Core Themes of the CAP Project; 1.11.1 Relevance; 1.11.2 Internationalization; 1.11.3 Managerialism; 1.12 The Purpose and Organization of This Volume; References; Chapter 2: Concepts and Methods; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Conceptual Framework: A General Systems Model; 2.3 Research Questions Addressed; 2.4 Participating Countries; 2.5 Sample Design of the National Surveys; 2.5.1 Analytic Goals; 2.5.2 Design Options; 2.5.3 Structure of Higher Education; 2.5.4 Selection of the US Sample; 2.6 Development of the Survey Instrument
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Data Collection2.7.1 Response Rate; 2.8 Data Coding and Analysis; 2.8.1 Coding; 2.8.2 Data Analysis; 2.8.3 Missing Data; 2.9 Summary; References; Chapter 3: The Balance Between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; 3.1 Introduction: The Arbiters of Faculty Work Life; 3.2 Purpose of the Proposed Study; 3.3 Data Source and Method; 3.3.1 Dependent Variables; 3.3.2 Independent Variables; 3.3.3 Data Analysis; 3.4 Prologue to Results: Trends in Academic Work, 1970-1992; 3.5 Findings; 3.5.1 Descriptive Results; 3.5.1.1 Institutional Type; 3.5.1.2 Academic Discipline
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.1.3 Gender3.5.1.4 Type of Appointment; 3.5.2 Inferential Results; 3.6 Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Comparing the Research Productivity of US Academics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The USA as Number One?; 4.3 The Data and Its Limitations; 4.4 The Recent Pattern; 4.5 Accounting for Individual Productivity; 4.5.1 Model; 4.5.1.1 Dependent Variable; 4.5.1.2 Independent Variables and Data; 4.5.1.3 Summary Statistics; 4.5.2 Comparing the Regression Coefficients; 4.6 Looking Backward; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The "Glass Ceiling" Effect: Does It Characterize the Contemporary US Academy?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Equity or Discrimination: The Analytical Question; 5.3 The Determinants of Advancement in Academia; 5.4 The Dependent Variable: Rank; 5.5 Independent Variables; 5.5.1 Sociodemographic; 5.5.1.1 Gender; 5.5.1.2 Minority Status; 5.5.1.3 Foreign Born; 5.5.2 Other Personal Factors; 5.5.2.1 Family Status; 5.5.2.2 Cultural Capital; 5.5.2.3 Educational Background or Training; Foreign Trained; 5.5.2.4 Age; 5.5.3 Organizational Variables; 5.5.3.1 Research University; 5.5.3.2 Appointment Type
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Professional and Disciplinary Variables
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2730-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International Perspectives on Teaching and Learning with GIS in Secondary Schools (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721203 , 1283456192 , 9781283456197
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXIX, 353p. 66 illus., 24 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. International perspectives on teaching and learning with GIS in secondary schools
    RVK:
    RB 10874
    RVK:
    RB 10104
    RVK:
    DP 2580
    RVK:
    DP 2600
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Bibliografie ; Geoinformationssystem ; Unterricht ; High school ; Sekundarstufe ; Geografieunterricht ; Geoinformationssystem
    Abstract: This, the first publication to collate a broad international perspective on the pedagogical value of GIS technology in classrooms, offers an unprecedented range of expert views on the subject. Geographic Information Systems (GISs) are now ubiquitous and relatively inexpensive. They have revolutionized the way people explore and understand the world around them. The capability they confer allows us to capture, manage, analyze, and display geographic data in ways that were undreamt of a generation ago. GIS has enabled users to make decisions and solve problems as diverse as designing bus routes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Editors; About the Authors; 1 The World at Their Fingertips: A New Age for Spatial Thinking; 1.1 Introduction; References; 2 Australia: Inquiry Learning with GIS to Simulate Coastal Storm Inundation; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Context of Secondary Education in Australia; 2.2.1 The Nature of Geography Education in Australian Schools; 2.2.2 Tertiary Training and Post-university Support of Geography Teachers; 2.3 The Use of GIS in Australian Geography Classrooms; 2.4 The Australian Geography Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 An Example of a GIS-Based Student Activity2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Austria: Links Between Research Institutions and Secondary Schools for Geoinformation Research and Practice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Cases: GIS in Student Research Cooperations; 3.2.1 Schools on Ice (2007--2009); 3.2.2 Applications on the Move (2008--2010); 3.2.3 Geovisualization in Participatory Decision Making Processes (GEOKOM-PEP) (2009--2011); 3.3 Prospects; References; 4 Canada: Teaching Geography Through Geotechnology Across a Decentralized Curriculum Landscape; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Geography and GIS Education in Canada4.3 Case Studies from Across Canada; 4.3.1 Case Study 1 -- Teresa Kewachuk, Hants East Rural High School, Milford Station (Shubenacadie), Nova Scotia; 4.3.2 Case Study 2 -- Rob Langston, Neelin High School, Brandon, Manitoba; 4.3.3 Case Study 3 -- Kirsten Davel and Cheryl Murtland, SMUS, Victoria, British Columbia; 4.4 Prospects; 4.4.1 Access to Technology; 4.4.2 IT Conflicts; 4.4.3 Time/Training; 4.4.4 Being the Expert; 4.4.5 Education Policy; References; 5 Chile: GIS and the Reduction of the Digital Divide in the Pan-American World; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 A Holistic Curriculum for a 'Knowledge Society'5.3 Classrooms as Laboratories: A Problem-Based Learning Environment; 5.4 ICT and the Use of GIS: Problems and Solutions; 5.5 Examples of GIS Innovations and Applications; 5.6 Conclusions; References; 6 China: Teacher Preparation for GIS in the National Geography Curriculum; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Cases; 6.2.1 Case 1: Geography Class for Second Year High School Students (Arts Majors); 6.2.2 Case 2: Geography Class for Second Year High School Students (Science Majors); 6.3 Prospects; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Colombia: Development of a Prototype Web-Based GIS Application for Teaching Geography7.1 Status of Geography Education in Colombia; 7.2 Geography Contents at the Secondary Basic Education in Colombia; 7.3 History of GIS in Schools in the Country; 7.4 The GIS Prototype; 7.5 Prospects; References; 8 Denmark: Early Adoption and Continued Progress of GIS for Education; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Primary and Secondary Education in Denmark; 8.3 In-service Training for Upper-Secondary Teachers; 8.4 The History of GIS in Denmark; 8.4.1 From Remote Sensing to GIS; 8.4.2 Establishment of ArcIMS in 2003
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 GIS in Primary Education 2003--2004
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2120-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Claims of Parenting : Reasons, Responsibility and Society (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722514
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 158p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DF 3000
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: Many sociological, historical and cultural stories can be and have already been told about why it is that parents in post-industrial, western societies face an often overwhelming array of advice on how to bring up their children. At the same time, there have been several philosophical treatments of the legal, moral and political issues surrounding issues of procreation, the rights of children and the duties of parents, as well as some philosophical accounts of the shifts in our underlying conceptualization of childhood and adult-child relationships. While this book partly builds on the insight
    Description / Table of Contents: The Claims of Parenting; Acknowledgements; Introduction; Contents; Chapter 1: The Languages of Psychology and the Science of Parenting; Scientific Languages in Childrearing; Scientific Languages in Childrearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions; Universalism; Developmental Psychology and the Family; The (Causal) Logic of Developmental Psychology; Informing Research Agendas; Neuroscience and Pedagogical Action; The Need for Expertise in the Area of Childrearing: The Professionalisation of Parents; Being a Parent: Professional Status Versus Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: Socio-cultural EmbeddednessMarginalisation; Responsibility; Chapter 2: The Priority of the Particular and the First Person; The Critique of Technical Rationality; The Priority of the Particular; The First-Person Perspective; Chapter 3: The Intuitive, Caring Mother; A Feminist Perspective on the First-Person Perspective?; Ruddick's Maternal Thinking; Noddings' Relationship of Care; Stadlen and the Experience of Being a Mother; Let Parents Just 'Muddle On'?; Chapter 4: Good Enough Parenting?; Doing, Being and Closure; Parenting Styles; The Good Enough Parent; The Pursuit of Perfection
    Description / Table of Contents: When 'Good Enough' Is Not Good EnoughWhat Matters?; Chapter 5: Rights, Needs and Duties; Needs and Rights; The Right to the Best Upbringing; What Children Need and the First-Person Perspective; Parenting Contracts, Parenting Orders, an Upbringing Pledge; 'Rights-Talk' Versus 'Intimacy'; Chapter 6: Existential Anxiety, Responsibility and the Political Aspects of the Family; Upbringing in an Age of Uncertainty and Doubt: Scepticism, Parental Responsibility and Existential Anxiety; The 'Political' Aspects of the Family and Parental Responsibility; The 'Political' Aspects of the Family
    Description / Table of Contents: Beyond PoliticisationConclusion; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2251-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Case, Word Order and Prominence : Interacting Cues in Language Production and Comprehension (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400714632
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 329p. 51 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Theoretical Psycholinguistics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Case, word order and prominence
    RVK:
    ER 300
    Keywords: Psycholinguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Construction grammar ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Case ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Word order ; Emphasis (Linguistics) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kasus ; Wortstellung ; Argument ; Satzsemantik
    Abstract: Language users have access to several sources of information during the build up of a meaningful construction. These include grammatical rules, situational knowledge, and general world knowledge. A central role in this process is played by the argument structure of verbs, which establishes the syntactic and semantic relationships between arguments. This book provides an overview of recent psycholinguistic and theoretical investigations on the interplay between structural syntactic relations and role semantics. The focus herein lies on the interaction of case marking and word order with semanti
    Abstract: Language users have access to several sources of information during the build up of a meaningful construction. These include grammatical rules, situational knowledge, and general world knowledge. A central role in this process is played by the argument structure of verbs, which establishes the syntactic and semantic relationships between arguments. This book provides an overview of recent psycholinguistic and theoretical investigations on the interplay between structural syntactic relations and role semantics. The focus herein lies on the interaction of case marking and word order with semanti
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1463-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Groundwork in the Theory of Argumentation : Selected Papers of J. Anthony Blair (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723634
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 355p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Argumentation Library 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CC 2500
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Comparative linguistics ; Literacy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Comparative linguistics ; Literacy ; Argumentationstheorie ; Logik
    Abstract: J. Anthony Blair is a prominent international figure in argumentation studies. He is among the originators of informal logic, an author of textbooks on the informal logic approach to argument analysis and evaluation and on critical thinking, and a founder and editor of the journal Informal Logic. Blair is widely recognized among the leaders in the field for contributing formative ideas to the argumentation literature of the last few decades. This selection of key works provides insights into the history of the field of argumentation theory and various related disciplines. It illuminates the ce
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Introduction; Philosopher of Argument; Theoretical Threads; Master of the Field; Prophetic Voice; Gatekeeper; Contents; Part I Critical Thinking; Introduction; 1 Is There an Obligation to Reason Well; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Moral Obligation and Reasoning Well; 1.3 Two Arguments for the Obligation to Reason Well; 1.4 Some Objections Considered; 2 The Keegstra Affair: A Test Case for Critical Thinking; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background; 2.3 What Is Wrong with Mr. Keegstra's Theory as a Historical Theory?; 2.4 What Is Wrong with Mr. Keegstra's Methodology of History?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 What Is Wrong with the Way Mr. Keegstra Taught History?2.6 What Can We Do?; 3 What Is Bias?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bad and Avoidable Bias; 3.3 Technical Bias; 3.4 Unavoidable and Potentially Dangerous Bias; 3.5 Contingent but Neutral or Good Bias; 3.6 An Understanding of Bias; Postscript; Part II Informal Logic; Introduction; 4 Argument Management, Informal Logic and Critical Thinking; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Argument Management; 4.3 Illative Core Analysis and Evaluation; 4.4 What Is Informal Logic?; 4.5 Other Senses of 'Informal Logic'
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 How Is Critical Thinking Related to Informal Logic?4.7 Conclusion; 5 What Is the Right Amount of Support for a Conclusion?; 5.1 Introduction: The Problem; 5.2 One Solution: Deductivism; 5.3 Another Solution: Pragma-Dialectical Theory; 5.4 The Solution? The Dialectical Community; 6 Premissary Relevance; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Premissary Relevance and Other Kinds of Relevance; 6.3 The Property of Premissary Relevance; 6.3.1 The Argument Condition; 6.3.2 The ''Actual Support'' Condition; 6.4 The Property of "Lending Support to"; 6.5 Some Implications of the Account
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.6 Argument Schemes or Topoi6.7 Summary; 7 Premise Adequacy; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Argumentative Quarrels; 7.3 Argumentative Persuasion; 7.4 Hostile Advocacy; 7.5 Neutral Curiosity; 7.6 Refereeing; 7.7 Negotiation; 7.8 Rational Disagreement Resolution; 7.9 Conclusion; 8 Relevance, Acceptability and Sufficiency Today; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Relevance; 8.3 Acceptability; 8.4 Sufficiency; 8.5 Other Objections; 8.6 Conclusion; 9 The "Logic" of Informal Logic; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Review of the Accounts; 9.2.1 Wisdom's Reasoning by Parallels or Case-by-Case Reasoning; 9.2.2 Toulmin's Warrants
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.2.3 Wellman''s ''Conductive'' Reasoning9.2.4 Rescher's Provisoed Assertion and Probative Reasoning; 9.2.5 Defeasible Reasoning; 9.2.6 Walton's Presumptive Reasoning and Presumptive Arguments; 9.3 Similarities and Differences; 9.3.1 ''Validity'' of the Illative Move Explicitly not Deductive or Inductive; 9.3.2 Reasoning vs. Argument; 9.3.3 Distinctive Logic?; 9.3.4 Restrictions on the Domain of Applicationof the Illative Move; 9.3.5 Legitimacy Defended; 9.3.6 Concept of Defeasibility Present; 9.3.7 Concept of Presumption Explicit; 9.3.8 Illative Move Seen Explicitly as Dialectical
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3.9 Test of a ''Good'' Illative Move
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2363-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Between Logic and Reality : Modeling Inference, Action and Understanding (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 278p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CC 2600
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: Is reality logical and is logic real? What is the origin of logical intuitions? What is the role of logical structures in the operations of an intelligent mind and in communication? Is the function of logical structure regulative or constitutive or both in concept formation? This volume provides analyses of the logic-reality relationship from different approaches and perspectives. The point of convergence lies in the exploration of the connections between reality - social, natural or ideal - and logical structures employed in describing or discovering it. Moreover, the book connects logical th
    Abstract: Is reality logical and is logic real? What is the origin of logical intuitions? What is the role of logical structures in the operations of an intelligent mind and in communication? Is the function of logical structure regulative or constitutive or both in concept formation? This volume provides analyses of the logic-reality relationship from different approaches and perspectives. The point of convergence lies in the exploration of the connections between reality - social, natural or ideal - and logical structures employed in describing or discovering it. Moreover, the book connects logical th
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2390-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Bioethics Critically Reconsidered : Having Second Thoughts (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722446 , 1283456524 , 9781283456524
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 200p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 100
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bioethics critically reconsidered
    RVK:
    CC 7264
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Bioethics ; Bioethics ; Political aspects ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bioethik
    Abstract: Bioethics developed as an academic and clinical discipline during the later part of the 20th century due to a variety of factors. Crucial to this development was the increased secularization of American culture as well as the dissolution of medicine as a quasi-guild with its own professional ethics. In the context of this moral vacuum, bioethics came into existence. Its raison d'etre was opposition to the alleged paternalism of the medical community and traditional moral frameworks, yet at the same time it set itself up as a source of moral authority with respect to biomedical decision making
    Abstract: Bioethics developed as an academic and clinical discipline during the later part of the 20th century due to a variety of factors. Crucial to this development was the increased secularization of American culture as well as the dissolution of medicine as a quasi-guild with its own professional ethics. In the context of this moral vacuum, bioethics came into existence. Its raison d'etre was opposition to the alleged paternalism of the medical community and traditional moral frameworks, yet at the same time it set itself up as a source of moral authority with respect to biomedical decision making
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Notes on Contributors; 1 A Skeptical Reassessment of Bioethics; 1.1 What Is Bioethics, After All: Claims for Moral Expertisein the Face of Intractable Moral Pluralism; 1.2 Success in the Face of Foundational Disagreement; 1.3 The History of Bioethics: Four Perspectives; 1.4 The Practice of Bioethics and Clinical EthicsConsultation: Three Views; 1.5 The Incredible Search for Bioethical Professionalism: Some Final Critical Reflections on Circular Thinking; 1.6 Bioethicists for Hire: A Concluding Exploration; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I History of Bioethics: Four Perspectives2 Beginning Bioethics; 2.1 History; 2.2 Method; 2.3 Philosophy; 2.4 Fetal Research; 2.5 Research Involving Prisoners; 2.6 Research Involving Children; 2.7 The Belmont Report; References; 3 Genesis of a Totalizing Ideology: Bioethics' Inner Hippie; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Escape from Normalcy: "Do Your Own Thing"; 3.3 The Rhetoric of Love: "Make Love, not War"; 3.4 The Politics of Rage: "Stick It to the Man"; 3.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; 4 Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 Bioethics that Deprofessionalized Medical Ethics; 4.3 Bioethics that Embraced Professional Medical Ethics; 4.4 The Invention of Professional Medical Ethics; 4.5 In Defense of a Conservative, Professional Medical Ethics; 4.6 Conclusion; References; 5 Two Rival Understandings of Autonomy, Paternalism, and Bioethical Principlism; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Medical Paternalism and Autonomy in Bioethics; 5.3 Autonomy in Bioethical Principlism; 5.4 Kantian Autonomy: Why the "Free" Choicesof Patients Can Be Heteronomous; 5.5 Kantian Autonomy as a Basis for Medical Paternalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 ConclusionNotes; References; Part II The Practice of Bioethics and Clinical Ethics Consultation: Three Views; 6 Bioethics as Political Ideology; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Public Ideology of Bioethics; 6.2.1 Example I: Human Rights and the Deconstruction of the Family; 6.2.2 Example II: Welfare Entitlements to Health; 6.3 Challenges: Moral, Epistemological, and Political; 6.3.1 Moral and Epistemological Ambiguity; 6.3.2 Strategically Ambiguous Appeals to Consensus; 6.3.3 Rhetorically Shifting the Burden of Proof; 6.4 The Need for a Canonical Moral Anthropology; 6.5 Conclusion; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: References7 The "s" in Bioethics: Past, Present and Future; 7.1 A Particular Vision of Bioethics: The One; 7.2 The Bioethics Enterprise: The Many; 7.2.1 Disciplinary Differences; 7.2.2 Functional Diversity; 7.2.3 Sub-fields/Sub-specialization; 7.2.4 Religious, Cultural and Moral/Ideological Pluralism; 7.3 The "s" in Bioethics Matters; 7.4 Concluding Remarks; Notes; References; 8 Why Clinical Bioethics So Rarely Gives Morally Normative Guidance; 8.1 Bioethics as a Complex Social Phenomenon; 8.2 The Cultural-Moral Vacuum into which Bioethics Stepped
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.3 The Emergence of Salient Moral and Metaphysical Pluralism
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2244-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    General Reports of the XVIIIth Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law/Rapports Généraux du XVIIIème Congrès de l’Académie Internationale de Droit Comparé (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723542
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 704 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International Academy of Comparative Law General reports of the XVIIIth Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law
    RVK:
    PU 1513
    RVK:
    PU 1514
    Keywords: Civil law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Konferenzschrift ; Internationales Privatrecht ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: David V. Snyder
    Abstract: This title presents twenty-nine topics, prepared by leading scholars in more than 20 countries, providing a comparative analysis of cutting-edge legal topics of the 21st century. Considering topics of vital moment to contemporary legal scholars, the title includes pieces on Surrogate Motherhood, The Balance of Copyright in Comparative Perspective, International Law in Domestic Systems, Constitutional Courts as "Positive Legislators", Same-sex Marriage, Climate Change and the Law, The Regulation of Private Equity, Hedge Funds, and State Funds, and Regulation of Corporate Tax Evasion
    Description / Table of Contents: General Reports of the XVIIIth Congress of the International Academyof Comparative Law/Rapports Généraux du XVIIIème Congrès del'Académie Internationalede Droit Comparé; Preface; Steering Committee, 18th International Congress of Comparative Law, Washington, DC, July 2010; Préface; Contents; 1: Religion and the Secular State 1; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Global Social Setting; 1.3 Constitutional and Legal Context; 1.3.1 Constitutional Overview; 1.3.2 Comparative Perspectives: The Religion-State Identification Continuum; 1.3.3 Other Constitutional Issues Involving Religion
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.4 The Legal Setting1.4 Religious Autonomy; 1.5 Legal Regulation of Religion as a Social Phenomenon; 1.6 State Financial Support for Religion; 1.6.1 Justification of State Funding of Religion; 1.6.2 Criteria Used to Grant Financial Support; 1.6.3 Methods for Providing State Financial Support of Religion; 1.6.3.1 Direct Economic Aid; 1.6.3.2 Indirect Economic Aid; 1.6.4 Benefits and Problematic Aspects of State Financial Support of Religion; 1.7 Civil Effects of Religious Acts; 1.8 Religious Education; 1.8.1 Private Schools; 1.8.2 Religious Instruction in Public Schools
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.8.2.1 Denominational Religious Instruction1.8.2.2 Non-denominational Religious Education; 1.8.2.3 Practical Problems in the Implementation of Religious Education; 1.9 Religious Symbols in Public Places; 1.9.1 Religious Attire; 1.9.2 Display of Religious Symbols in Public Settings; 1.9.2.1 Monuments and Temporary Displays; 1.10 Freedom of Expression and Offenses Against Religion; 1.11 Conclusion; 2: Complexity of Transnational Sources 1; 2.1 The Subject; 2.2 Scope of Project; 2.3 A Tapestry Woven with Many Normative Threads; 2.4 Transnational, International or Extra-National Sources?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 A Closer Look at the Questions2.5.1 Academic Literature; 2.5.2 Support by the Executive; 2.5.3 The Judiciary; 2.5.4 Jura novit curia?; 2.5.5 Judicial Strategies; 2.6 Suggestions as to "What Can Be Done About the Problem?"; 3: The Role of Practice in Legal Education 1; 3.1 An Overview of Issues for the General Report; 3.1.1 A Brief Taxonomy, and Some Issues in Theories of Comparison; 3.1.2 Definitional Issues; 3.2 The Paradigms of Practice in Legal Education: The National Reports and Beyond; 3.2.1 The Prevailing Paradigm in the National Reports
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Beyond the National Reports: A Sketch of Data on Practice in Legal Education in the United States and the Netherlands3.2.2.1 Practice in Legal Education in the United States; 3.2.2.2 Practice in Legal Education in the Netherlands 98; 3.2.3 The Minority Paradigm: National Reports and the United States; 3.3 Other Noteworthy Aspects of Legal Education from the National Reports; 3.3.1 Relationship of Population to Bar Size, and Bar Size to Law Graduates; 3.3.2 Demographics and Legal Education; 3.3.3 Near-Elimination of Numerus Clausus Provisions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 Practice-Related Issues on the National Bar Examination
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2354-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Efficiency, Sustainability, and Justice to Future Generations (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400718692
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 240p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 98
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Efficiency, sustainability, and justice to future generations
    RVK:
    PI 4130
    Keywords: Climatic changes ; Environmental law ; Environmental economics ; Commercial law ; Law ; Law ; Law Philosophy ; Climatic changes ; Environmental law ; Environmental economics ; Commercial law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Recht ; Wirtschaft ; Generationengerechtigkeit ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Fifty years after the famous essay "The Problem of Social Cost" (1960) by the Nobel laureate Ronald Coase, Law and Economics seems to have become the lingua franca of American jurisprudence, and although its influence on European jurisprudence is only moderate by comparison, it has also gained popularity in Europe. A highly influential publication of a different nature was the "Brundtland Report" (1987), which extended the concept of sustainability from forestry to the whole of the economy and society. According to this report, development is sustainable when it 'meets the
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Part I Law and Economics; Consequentialism in Law; 1 Introduction; 2 Consequentialism in the Regulatory Process; 3 Consequentialism in the Application of Law; 3.1 Arguments Against Considering Impacts; 3.2 Arguments in Favour of Considering Impacts; 3.3 Implications for Legal Practice; 4 The Example of the Hand rule (learned Hand formula); 4.1 The Consequences Paradox; 4.2 The Bilateralism Critique; 4.3 Approaches in Swiss Liability Law; Bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Consequence-Based Arguments in Legal Reasoning: A Jurisprudential Preface to Law and Economics1 The Jurisprudential Preface; 2 Legal Reasoning and the Consequences of Judicial Decisions; 3 What Are Consequence-Based Arguments; 4 What Type of Consequences Matter; 5 (When and Why) Should Judges Use Consequence-Based Arguments; 6 Conceivability and Objections from the Nature of Adjudication; 7 Feasibility: Objections from Individual and Collective Expertise; 8 The Alternatives of Judicial Optimization: Ex ante Evaluation and Policy-Making in Legislation and Administration
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Desirability and Legitimacy10 Conclusions; Bibliography; Is the Rationality of Judicial Judgements Jeopardized by Cognitive biases and Empathy; 1 Introduction; 2 Cognitive Biases; 2.1 Heuristics and Biases; 2.1.1 Availability Bias; 2.1.2 Hindsight Bias; 2.1.3 Anchoring; 2.1.4 Confirmation Bias; 2.1.5 Egocentric Bias; 2.2 Debiasing; 3 Empathy; 4 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part II Law and Sustainability; Our Responsibility Towards Future Generations; 1 Introduction; 2 An Ethics of Responsibility for the Future Generation: The Paradigm of Hans Jonas
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Survival as the Objective of Law: A New Interpretation of Herbert Hart's "Minimum Content of Natural Law"4 Future of the Species and the Avenue of Transcendence: Tentative Outlines; Bibliography; Future Generations in John Rawls, Theory of Justice; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Problem of the Lack of Reciprocity; 1.2 The ''Just Saving'' Principle; 2 Justice Between Generations; 2.1 The Definition of the Original Position; 2.2 The Supplementary Motivational Assumption; 2.3 Rawls, Later Proposed Solution; 2.4 Hume's, Conditions of Justice Versus Kant 's, Universalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Extending the Veil of Ignorance to Membership of a Generation3 What Should Actually Be Saved; 3.1 Weak sustainability; 3.2 Strong Sustainability; 4 Implications; Bibliography; What Is It Like to Be Unborn?; 1 Our Common Future: Biodiversity and Biotechnology; 1.1 Interdependencies; 1.2 Conflicts; 1.3 Valuing Biodiversity: A Matter of Justice; 1.4 Future justice (1): The Intrinsic Value of Natural and Cultural Resources; 2 Custodians of Biological and Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Rights of Native People and Farmers Rights; 2.2 Future justice(2): Rights of Biosocial Communities of Fate
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Representatives of the Unforeseeable Future
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1869-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Perspectives on Scientific Argumentation : Theory, Practice and Research (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400724709 , 1283456435 , 9781283456432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 290p. 40 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perspectives on scientific argumentation
    RVK:
    TB 4000
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Science ; Methodology ; Logic ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Dewey, John 1859-1952 Logic ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Dewey, John 1859-1952 Logic ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: 4205 Introduction /Jonathan Osborne --The two faces of scientific argumentation :applications to global climate change /E. Michael Nussbaum, Gale M. Sinatra, and Marissa C. Owens --The importance of embedding argument within science classrooms /Andy Cavagnetto and Brian Hand --Scientific reasoning and argumentation from a Bayesian perspective /Evan Szu and Jonathan Osborne --Students' framings and their participation in scientific argumentation /Leema Kuhn Berland and David Hammer --The design and enactment of argumentation activities /Shirley Simon, Katherine Richardson, and Ruth Amos --Argumentation and reasoning in life and in school :implications for the design of school science learning environments /Leah A. Bricker and Philip Bell --Argumentation and evaluation intervention in science classes :teaching and learning with Toulmin /Janis A. Bulgrena and James D. Ellis --Research on critique and argumentation from the technology enhanced learning in science center /Douglas B. Clark --Evaluating arguments about climate change /Adam Corner --The effects of university students' argumentation on socio-scientific issues via on-line discussion in their informal reasoning regarding this issue /Yin-Tien Wu and Chin-Chung Tsai --The development and validation of the assessment of Scientific Argumentation in the Classroom (ASAC) observation protocol :a tool for evaluating how students participate in scientific argumentation /Victor Sampson, Patrick J. Enderle, and Joi Phelps Walker --Beyond argumentation :sense-making discourse in the science classroom /Scott P. McDonald and Gregory J. Kelly --Development of argumentative knowledge in science education /Myint Swe Khine
    Abstract: Argumentation-arriving at conclusions on a topic through a process of logical reasoning that includes debate and persuasion- has in recent years emerged as a central topic of discussion among science educators and researchers. There is now a firm and general belief that fostering argumentation in learning activities can develop students' critical thinking and reasoning skills, and that dialogic and collaborative inquiries are key precursors to an engagement in scientific argumentation. It is also reckoned that argumentation helps students assimilate knowledge and generate complex meaning. The
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Theoretical premises of the study of argumentation -- pt. 2. Practice perspectives in argumentation -- pt. 3. Researching argumentation in science education.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2470-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Exploring Central and Eastern Europe’s Biotechnology Landscape (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048197842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 228p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exploring central and eastern Europe's biotechnology landscape
    Keywords: Biotechnologie ; Biotechnologie-Industrie ; Technologiepolitik ; Osteuropa ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Biotechnology industries ; Europe, Central ; Biotechnology industries ; Europe, Eastern ; Science and state ; Europe, Central ; Science and state ; Europe, Eastern ; Mitteleuropa ; Biotechnologische Industrie ; Ethik ; Recht ; Verwaltung ; Osteuropa ; Mitteleuropa ; Biotechnologische Industrie ; Ethik ; Recht ; Verwaltung ; Osteuropa
    Abstract: At a time when the human genome has been sequenced advances in the life sciences seem to have great potential for human health, industry and the environment throughout Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). Still, for some, potential risks and ethical dilemmas remain, surrounding issues such as the appropriate use of GM crops, stem cells, genetic information, the nature of intellectual property and other challenges that come with EU accession. This book is the first of its kind to bring together experts from across Europe to explore the landscape of current life science policy and industrial develo
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 Human Life Science and Agricultural Biotechnology in Transition: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Scientific Capability Under the Soviet Regime; 1.3 National Science Systems During and After Transition; 1.4 Geo-Political Transformations and European Accession; 1.5 Technological Shifts; 1.6 Contributors to This Volume; 1.7 Conclusion; References; 2 Biotechnology in Central and Eastern Europe: An Overview of Performance and Policy Systems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Methodology; 2.3 Performance in Biotechnology
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 CEE Countries' Policy-Making Systems2.4.1 General Characteristics; 2.4.2 Science and Technology Policy Actors; 2.5 Funding of Biotechnology; 2.6 Policy Characteristics Supporting Biotechnology Development; References; 3 Citizen Participation in Controversial EU Research Policies? The Debate on Human Embryonic Stem Cell Research Within the 6th Framework Programme; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Decision-Making; 3.2.1 The European Commission; 3.2.2 The European Council; 3.2.3 The European Parliament; 3.3 How "Participatory" Was Decision-Making?; 3.3.1 Process of Decision-Making
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 How Does the Commission Handle the Challenging Problem of HESC?3.3.2.1 The European Group on Ethics in Science and New Technologies (EGE); 3.3.2.2 European Group on Life Science (EGLS); 3.3.3 Informing the Public Directly and Indirectly; 3.4 Summary; References; 4 The Politics of Human Embryo Research in Poland; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Obscured Policy Regulations; 4.3 The Public Sphere and "Public Morals"; 4.4 A Limited Policy-Making Capacity; 4.5 Life for Life -- Public Consultation on Human Stem Cell Research; 4.6 Conclusion and Outlook; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Legal Ambiguities Concerning Medical Genetics in Poland -- Searching For a Common Ground5.1 Introduction; 5.2 International Legal Framework; 5.3 Genetic Research; 5.3.1 Genetic Research as Research Involving Human Subjects; 5.3.1.1 Setting the Scene; 5.3.1.2 Types of Medical Experiments with Human Subjects; 5.3.1.3 Informed Consent; 5.3.2 Research on Biological (Genetic) Material and Data; 5.3.2.1 Rules Concerning the Use of Biological Material; 5.3.2.2 Rules Concerning the Use of Biological/Health Data; 5.4 Medical Practice; 5.4.1 Genetic Testing as Processing of Biological (Genetic) Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 The Right to Know and the Right Not to Know5.4.3 Genetic Tests Available 'Over the Counter'; 5.4.4 Genetic Prenatal and Pre-implantation Diagnosis; 5.5 Conclusions; References; 6 Managing Trust and Risk in New Biotechnologies: The Case of Population Genome Project and Organ Transplantation in Latvia; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Positioning the Technologies; 6.3 Methods; 6.4 Biotechnologies and Risks; 6.5 Risks Produced by Technology: Living Without It; 6.6 Risks Applying Technology: Individual and Collective; 6.7 Using Risks in Reconceptualizing Illness
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.8 Trust in Abstract Tokens -- Reputation of Science and Medicine
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9784-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Learning Trajectories, Innovation and Identity for Professional Development (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400717244
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 283p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DL 4000
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education
    Abstract: Educators in the professions have always had unique demands placed upon them. These include the need to keep pace with rapidly evolving knowledge bases, developing skills and attitudes appropriate to practice, learning in the workplace and fostering public confidence. For twenty years, these new demands have created additional educational imperatives. Public accountability has become more intensive and extensive. Practitioners practice in climates more subject to scrutiny and less forgiving of error. The contexts in which professionals practice and learn have changed and these changes involve
    Abstract: Educators in the professions have always had unique demands placed upon them. These include the need to keep pace with rapidly evolving knowledge bases, developing skills and attitudes appropriate to practice, learning in the workplace and fostering public confidence. For twenty years, these new demands have created additional educational imperatives. Public accountability has become more intensive and extensive. Practitioners practice in climates more subject to scrutiny and less forgiving of error. The contexts in which professionals practice and learn have changed and these changes involve
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; The Editors and Contributors; About the Contributors; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Responsibility, Complexity and Integrity; 1.2 Accountability; 1.3 Stakeholders; 1.4 Engagement with Colleagues and Other Stakeholders; 1.5 Contexts for Learning; References; 2 Developing a Broader Approach to Professional Learning; 2.1 Informal Learning and the Factors That Affect It; 2.2 The Role of Managers in Supporting Learning; 2.3 Teamwork, Organisational Learning and Knowledge Management; 2.4 Continuing Professional Education and Human Relations Development; 2.4.1 Learning Focus
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.2 Performance Focus2.4.3 Strategic Focus; 2.5 Summary (From Eraut & Hirsh, 2007); References; 3 Knowledge Networks for Treating Complex Diseases in Remote, Rural, and Underserved Communities; 3.1 Healthcare in New Mexico; 3.2 Project ECHO (Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes); 3.3 Educational Theories Informing Project ECHO; 3.3.1 Deliberate Practice; 3.3.2 Social Cognitive Theory and Provider Self-Efficacy; 3.3.3 Situated Learning Theory; 3.3.4 Adaptive Expertise; 3.4 Collaboration; 3.5 Methods and Approaches Used in Evaluation; 3.6 Results from Questionnaires
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6.1 Who Are the Community Providers in Project ECHO?3.6.2 Provider Self-Efficacy; 3.6.3 Perspectives of Community Providers; 3.6.4 Providers Identify the Beneficial Components; 3.7 Findings from Annual Meeting Surveys; 3.7.1 Care for Patients; 3.7.2 Broadened Networks and Expanded Interest in Learning; 3.8 Community Providers Improving ECHO; 3.9 Links Between ECHO Model, Theories, and Collaboration; 3.9.1 How Do These Knowledge Networks Contribute to Shared Knowledge Construction Among Academics and Practitioners?; 3.9.2 What Lessons Can Be Learned from This Experience?; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Using Simulation and Coaching as a Catalyst for Introducing Team-Based Medical Error Disclosure4.1 Background; 4.2 Research Project Description; 4.3 Description of Simulation in Action; 4.4 Description of Disclosure Coaching in Action; 4.5 Assessment of the Intervention; 4.6 Preliminary Findings; 4.7 Discussion and Next Steps; References; 5 Leader Development in Dynamic and Hazardous Environments: Company Commander LearningThrough Combat; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Our Conceptual Framework; 5.2.1 Experiential Learning Theory; 5.2.2 Leadership Development and Learning; 5.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 Participant Selection5.3.2 Data Collection; 5.3.3 Data Analysis; 5.3.4 Possible Sources of Bias; 5.3.5 Limitations and Member Check; 5.4 Learning Experiences in Combat; 5.4.1 The Molten Experience; 5.4.2 Profound Responsibility; 5.4.3 Intense Affect; 5.4.4 Embodied Feedback; 5.5 Implications for Learning and Development; 5.5.1 Leader Development in Combat; 5.5.2 Compassion and Resilience; 5.5.3 Judgment and Decision Making; 5.5.4 Innovation; 5.6 Conclusions and Final Insights; References; 6Managers' Teaching and Leading in the Workplace: An Exploratory Field Study; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Leadership and Education
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1724-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Consumer Demographics and Behaviour : Markets are People (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400718555
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 213p. 42 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Martins, Jo. M., 1936 - Consumer demographics and behaviour
    RVK:
    QW 300
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Marketing ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Marketing ; Demography ; Consumer behavior ; Social aspects ; Demography ; Verbraucherverhalten ; Demographie ; Verbraucherverhalten ; Demographie
    Abstract: This is the book that market strategists have been waiting for to position themselves in global markets and take advantage of the opportunities that demographic bonuses and deficits offer to them and their products. It is also a book for teachers and students of consumer behaviour to grasp the importance of the life cycle as a framework that shapes the demand for goods and services determined by changes in social, economic and physical functioning. It gives insights into gendered consumer behaviour and cohort effects. It presents a range of views on consumer behaviour and how demographic persp
    Abstract: This is the book that market strategists have been waiting for to position themselves in global markets and take advantage of the opportunities that demographic bonuses and deficits offer to them and their products. It is also a book for teachers and students of consumer behaviour to grasp the importance of the life cycle as a framework that shapes the demand for goods and services determined by changes in social, economic and physical functioning. It gives insights into gendered consumer behaviour and cohort effects. It presents a range of views on consumer behaviour and how demographic persp
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Purpose; Organization; Part I -- Basic Issues: Market Size and Composition; Part II -- Demographic Change, Markets and Consumption; Part III -- Consumption, Income, Age, Cohort and Gender; Use; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Basic Issues: Market Size and Composition; 1 The Making of Markets; 1.1 Markets are People; 1.2 Choices People Make: Tendency to Consume or Save and Credit; 1.3 Market Size, Value and Measurement Issues; 1.4 Market Size: Income and Population; 1.5 Income and the Life Cycle; 1.6 Market Segmentation and Peoples Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.7 Strategy Development: Dimensions and AssessmentReferences; 2 Perspectives on Consumer Behaviour; 2.1 Consumer Behaviour: Assumptions and Deductions; 2.2 Economic Perspectives; Box 2.1 Economics of Consumer Choice and Rational Maximisation of Preferences: A Simple Microeconomic Model; 2.3 Psychological Perspectives; Box 2.2 Multi-attribute Attitude Model; 2.4 Sociological Perspectives; Box 2.3 A Typology of Social Trends and Consumer Behaviour; 2.5 Anthropological Perspectives; 2.6 Psychographic Perspectives; 2.7 Evolving Perspectives and Concepts; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Towards Consumer Demographic Perspectives3.1 Demography is About People: Characteristics and Change; Box 3.1 Balancing Equation of Population Change: A Basic Demographic Model; 3.2 Population Age and Changing Market Characteristics; 3.2.1 Life Cycle Events; 3.2.2 Fertility, Mortality and Population Age; Box 3.2 Synthetic Demographic Concepts of Fertility and Life Expectancy; 3.3 Demographic Events: Market Triggers; 3.4 Demographic Dynamics and Market Changes; 3.5 Gendered Effects; 3.6 Ageing and Substitution Effects; 3.7 Cohort Effects; 3.8 Demographic Factors and Consumer Behaviour
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix: Consumer Market Demographics in the United States1 Development and Evolution; 2 Development and Evolution of Consumer Market Statistics; 3 Data and Methods; 4 The Current State of the Art and the Future; References; Part II Demographic Change, Markets and Consumption; 4 Population Growth in Global Markets; 4.1 Population Growth Over Time; 4.2 Growing Population in Regional Markets; Box 4.1 Population Growth Rates; 4.3 Population and Stage of Development; 4.4 Recent Population Growth; Box 4.2 The Demographic Transition: Population Growth, Mortality and Fertility
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Demographic Transition and Differences in Age Distribution4.6 Age Distribution and Stages of Development; 4.7 Future of the Worlds Population; 4.7.1 Four Hypotheses; 4.7.2 The Medium Projection; 4.7.3 Demographic Transition and Ageing of Global Markets; 4.7.4 Stage of Economic Development and Ageing; 4.8 Some Implications of World Ageing to Consumer Behaviour; 4.8.1 More Developed Countries; 4.8.2 Least Developed Countries; 4.8.3 Other Less Developed Countries; Appendix: Population Growth Rates Estimation -- Example; References; 5 Growth of Global Markets
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Population Growth and Food Consumption: The Malthusian Perspective
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1855-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723245
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 345p. 60 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DL 4100
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: Rapid-and seemingly accelerating-changes in the economies of developed nations are having a proportional effect on the skill sets required of workers in many new jobs. Work environments are often technology-heavy, while problems are frequently ill-defined and tackled by multidisciplinary teams. This book contains insights based on research conducted as part of a major international project supported by Cisco, Intel and Microsoft. It faces these new working environments head-on, delineating new ways of thinking about '21st-century' skills and including operational definitions of those skills. T
    Abstract: Rapid-and seemingly accelerating-changes in the economies of developed nations are having a proportional effect on the skill sets required of workers in many new jobs. Work environments are often technology-heavy, while problems are frequently ill-defined and tackled by multidisciplinary teams. This book contains insights based on research conducted as part of a major international project supported by Cisco, Intel and Microsoft. It faces these new working environments head-on, delineating new ways of thinking about '21st-century' skills and including operational definitions of those skills. T
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessment and Teaching of 21st Century Skills; Foreword; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: The Changing Role of Education and Schools; The ATC21S Project; The White Papers; Assessment Development; The Skills Assessed; Implications for Pedagogy; Implications for Assessment; Policy Implications of Assessment; ATC21S Project Process; Issues; References; Chapter 2: Defining Twenty-First Century Skills; The Role of Standards and Assessment in Promoting Learning; The Importance of Standards That Promote Learning; Assessment Systems That Promote Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Quality Assessment SystemsLearning-Based Assessment Systems; Improving the Quality of Assessment Systems; Principles for Twenty-First Century Standards and Assessments; Using Technology to Transform Assessment and Learning; Assessment Priorities Enabled by Information and Communication Technology; The Migratory Strategy with ICT; The Transformational Strategy with ICT; Arriving at a Model Twenty-First Century Skills Framework and Assessment; Existing Twenty-First Century Skills Frameworks; The KSAVE Model; Ways of Thinking; Creativity and Innovation; eSCAPE
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Thinking, Problem Solving and Decision MakingPrimum; World Class Tests; The VPA Project; Learning to Learn and Metacognition; eVIVA; Cascade; Ways of Working; Communication; Collaboration and Teamwork; Tools for Working; Information Literacy; ICT Literacy; Living in the World; Citizenship, Global and Local; Life and Career; Personal and Social Responsibility; Challenges; Using Models of Skill Development Based on Cognitive Research; Transforming Psychometrics to Deal with New Kinds of Assessments; Making Students' Thinking Visible; Interpreting Assisted Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessing Twenty-First Century Skills in Traditional SubjectsAccounting for New Modes of Communication; Including Collaboration and Teamwork; Including Local and Global Citizenship; Ensuring Validity and Accessibility; Considering Cost and Feasibility; References; Chapter 3: Perspectives on Methodological Issues; Inferences, Evidence, and Validity; Assessment Design Approaches; Defining the Constructs; Structuring a Developmental Definition; Learning Targets; Learning Target: An Example from Microsoft Learning; Progress Variables; Levels of Achievement; Learning Performances
    Description / Table of Contents: Assessment of ProgressionsDefining the Constructs-Example: The Using Evidence Framework; Starting Point for a Developmental Progression; Designing Tasks; Participant Observation; Topic Guide; Open-Ended; Standardized Fixed-Response; New Tasks for Twenty-First Century Skills; Combining Summative and Formative; Wisdom of the Crowd; Task Analysis; Embedded Items; Valuing the Responses; Research-Based Categories; Context-Specific Categories; Finite and Exhaustive Categories; Ordered Categories; Valuing the Responses-Example: The Using Evidence Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Delivering the Tasks and Gathering the Responses
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2324-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Founding Psychoanalysis Phenomenologically : Phenomenological Theory of Subjectivity and the Psychoanalytic Experience (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400718487 , 1283456087 , 9781283456081
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 293p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 199
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Founding psychoanalysis phenomenologically
    RVK:
    CU 9500
    RVK:
    CI 1120
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Psychoanalyse ; Philosophie ; Phänomenologie ; Psychoanalyse ; Philosophie ; Phänomenologie ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: The present anthology seeks to give an overview of the different approaches to establish a relation between phenomenology and psychoanalysis, primarily from the viewpoint of current phenomenological research. Already during the lifetimes of the two disciplines' founders, Edmund Husserl (1859 - 1938) and Sigmund Freud (1856 - 1939), phenomenological and phenomenologically inspired authors were advancing psychoanalytic theses. For both traditions, the Second World War presented a painful and devastating disruption of their development and mutual exchange. During the postwar period, phenomenologi
    Abstract: The present anthology seeks to give an overview of the different approaches to establish a relation between phenomenology and psychoanalysis, primarily from the viewpoint of current phenomenological research. Already during the lifetimes of the two disciplines' founders, Edmund Husserl (1859 - 1938) and Sigmund Freud (1856 - 1939), phenomenological and phenomenologically inspired authors were advancing psychoanalytic theses. For both traditions, the Second World War presented a painful and devastating disruption of their development and mutual exchange. During the postwar period, phenomenologi
    Description / Table of Contents: Founding Psychoanalysis Phenomenologically; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Phantasieren und Phantasma bei Husserl und Freud; 1 Husserl. Reine Phantasie und Selbstentzweiung; 1.1 Die Entwicklung von Husserls Phänomenologie des Phantasiebewusstseins; 1.2 Reine Phantasien; 1.3 Das innere Bewusstsein vom Phantasieren; 2 Freud. Phantasieren und unbewusste Phantasmen; 2.1 Die Entwicklung von Freuds Verständnis des Phantasierens; 2.2 Phantasieren und Phantasma; 2.3 Verschiedene Arten von Phantasmen; Notes; Depth Phenomenology of the Emotive Dynamic and the Psychoanalytic Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Phenomenology and Psychology; 3 Psychoanalysis as Inner Psychology; 4 The Psychoanalytic Method of Treatment: Free Association and the Discovery of the Involuntary Idea; 5 The Dream and Unconscious Phantasy as Fields of Subjective Experience; 6 The Dynamic of Psychoanalytic Experience; 6.1 Resistance and Transference; 6.2 The Phenomenon of Resonance and Communication from Unconscious to Unconscious; 7 Phenomenology of Phantasy and the Emotive Dynamic of Unconscious Genesis; 8 Conclusion; Notes; Axiomatics of the Flesh; 1; 1.1 The Axiom of the Indivision of Being
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2 The Axiom of the Division of Being1.3 The Axiom of Mediation Between Division and Indivision or the Principle of Reversibility; 1.4 The Axiom of Supplementary Texture; Notes; Body Memory and the Unconscious; 1 Introduction: Psychoanalysis and Phenomenology; 2 Body Memory; 3 Body Memory and Life Space; 4 On the Phenomenology of the Unconscious; 5 Trauma and Reiteration; 6 Summary; Notes; References; Psychoanalysis: Philosophy and/or Science of Subjectivity? Prospects for a Dialogue Between Phenomenology, Philosophy of Mind, and Psychoanalysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Paul Ricœur's Phenomenological Approach to the Psychoanalytic Experience2 Philosophical Investigations from Philosophy of Mind and Phenomenology Contribute to Psychoanalysis as a Philosophy of the Singular and Irreducible Aspects of the Subjective Mind; 3 Convergent Scientific Data from the Cognitive Field Contribute to Psychoanalysis as a Science of the General Mechanisms of the Subjective Mind; Notes; Berührungspunkte zwischen der „Philosophie" Freuds und der Phänomenologie; 1 Freuds Verhältnis zur Philosophie - ein Phasenmodell
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Die Annahme der Intentionalität der psychischen Phänomene - Franz Brentanos Einfluss auf Freud und Husserl3 Auf der Suche nach einer neuen Wissensform des Unbewussten - Freuds und Husserls Anknüpfungen an Theodor Lipps; 4 Verschmelzung von psychoanalytischen Grundgedanken mit der Phänomenologie - Ludwig Binswangers Auseinandersetzung mit Freud und Husserl; 5 Offene Fragen; Notes; References; Edmund Husserl and Jacques Lacan: An Ethical Difference in Epistemology?; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Psychoanalysis and the Logic of Thinking Without Language. How Can We Conceive of Neurotic Displacement, Denying, Inversion etc. as Rational Actions of the Mind?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1848-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Interpreting Imperatives (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722699
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 269p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 88
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Kaufmann, Magdalena Interpreting imperatives
    RVK:
    ET 750
    Keywords: Semantics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general ; Imperative ; Modality (Linguistics) ; Semantics ; Aufforderungssatz ; Satzsemantik ; Aufforderungssatz ; Satzsemantik
    Abstract: Imperative clauses are recognized as one of the major clause types alongside those known as declarative and interrogative. Nevertheless, they are still an enigma in the study of meaning, which relies largely on either the concept of truth conditions or the concept of information growth-neither of which are easily applied to imperatives. This book puts forward a fresh perspective. It analyzes imperatives in terms of modalized propositions, and identifies an additional, presuppositional, meaning component that makes an assertive interpretation inappropriate. The author shows how these two elemen
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Setting the Scene; 1.1 Individuating Imperatives; 1.1.1 Trying a Purely Functional Individuation; 1.1.2 Trying a Purely Formal Individuation; 1.1.3 Imperatives as Clause Types Individuatedby a Form-Function Pair; 1.2 Clause Types and Actual Utterances; 1.3 Semantics or Pragmatics?---Deciding on the Boundaries; 1.4 The Framework; 2 How to Handle Imperatives in Semantics; 2.1 Three Parameters of Classification; 2.1.1 Split and Uniform Representationalism; 2.1.2 Assigning Meaning to Imperatives: Static or Dynamic; 2.1.3 Possible Denotata for Imperatives
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 A Few Recent Approaches to Imperatives2.2.1 Speech Acts as Input to Semantic Computation; 2.2.2 Performative Modals and Non-epistemic Context Change Potentials; 2.2.3 (Ex-)Changing the World; 2.2.4 Imperatives as Updating To-Do Lists; 2.3 Modalized Propositions: Idea and Motivation; 2.3.1 Performative and Descriptive Modal Verbs; 2.3.2 Updates and Speech Acts; 2.3.3 Imperatives and Declaratives on a Par; 3 Imperatives as Graded Modals; 3.1 Modality in Possible Worlds Semantics; 3.1.1 Simple Modality; 3.1.2 Personal and Impersonal Conversational Backgrounds
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.3 Graded Modality3.2 Imperatives at the Syntax-Semantics Interface; 3.2.1 General Considerations on the Syntactic Make-Up of Imperatives; 3.2.2 Tense, Aspect, and Their Relation to Modality; 3.2.3 Temporal Oppositions in Imperatives; 3.2.4 The Imperative Subject; 3.2.5 Do Imperatives Express Personal Modality?; 3.3 Conclusion; 4 From Modalized Propositions to Speech Acts; 4.1 Contextual Dependence in the Propositional Meaning Components; 4.1.1 Orders, Commands, and Requests; 4.1.2 Prohibitions; 4.1.3 Wishes and Absent Wishes; 4.1.4 Advice
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Constraining the Predictions: The Presuppositional Meaning Component4.2.1 Restrictions Familiar from Modal Verbs; 4.2.2 Authority: Deriving Self-Verification; 4.2.3 Epistemic Uncertainty and the OrderingSource Restriction; 4.2.4 Putting It All Together; 4.3 Some Considerations on Propositionality and Rejections; 5 Possibility Readings; 5.1 Permitting Permissions; 5.1.1 Permission-like Speech Acts; 5.2 Any Troubles?; 5.2.1 Indifference Any-Imperatives; 5.2.2 Subtrigged Necessity Any-Imperatives; 5.2.3 Recapitulating Any-Results; 5.3 For Example-Advice
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 (In)Exhaustive Necessity and Possibility5.3.2 Diamonds Are a Girl's Best Friend; 5.4 Conclusion; 6 Embedding Imperatives; 6.1 Reported Speech and Imperatives from a Cross-Linguistic Perspective; 6.1.1 Indirect Speech, Parentheticals, and Quotations; 6.1.2 Quotative Constructions in Japanese and Malagasy; 6.1.3 Fossilized Constructions in Ancient Greek and Middle High German; 6.1.4 Context Harmony in Old Germanic; 6.1.5 Embedded Imperatives in Modern High German; 6.1.6 Conclusion; 6.2 Conditional Imperatives and Modal Subordination; 6.2.1 A Full Paradigm of CIs
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2.2 CIs and the Modal Operator Analysis of Imperatives
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2269-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Emilie du Châtelet between Leibniz and Newton (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400720930 , 1283456516 , 9004222472 , 9781283456517 , 9789004222472
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 253p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas / Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 205
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Emilie du Châtelet between Leibniz and Newton
    RVK:
    MC 5100
    RVK:
    CF 1300
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; œaPhilosophy (General) ; œaHumanities ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Du Châtelet, Gabrielle Émilie Le Tonnelier de Breteuil 1705-1749 ; Naturphilosophie ; Du Châtelet, Gabrielle Émilie Le Tonnelier de Breteuil 1705-1749
    Abstract: Emilie du Chatelet was one of the most influential woman philosophers of the Enlightenment. Her writings on natural philosophy, physics, and mechanics had a decisive impact on important scientific debates of the 18th century. Particularly, she took an innovative and outstanding position in the controversy between Newton and Leibniz, one of the fundamental scientific discourses of that time. The contributions in this volume focus on this "Leibnitian turn". They analyze the nature and motivation of Emilie du Chatelet's synthesis of Newtonian and Leibnitian philosophy. Apart from the In
    Description / Table of Contents: Emilie du Châtelet between Leibniz and Newton; Acknowledgements; Editor's Introduction; Contents; List of Abbreviations; Emilie du Châtelet Between Leibniz and Newton: The Transformation of Metaphysics; Who Was Emilie du Châtelet?; Striving for a Metaphysics of Science; Becoming a Philosopher; In the Center of the Debate; Critisizing Locke; Scholastic Voidness; Hypotheses; How to Make Good Hypotheses; Consequences and the Case of Probability; Science as a Process; An Open System; Numbers and Hypotheses; Advocates and Adversaries; Defending Metaphysics; Preferability of Laws; Free Will
    Description / Table of Contents: Elastic and Solid BodiesThe 'Principle of Least Action' and the Fight Over Metaphysics; What Does Julien Offray de La Mettrie Have to Do with Du Châtelet's Metaphysics?; Thinking Matter and être simple; Disaster in Berlin; Emilie du Châtelet and the Transformation of Metaphysics; References; In the Spirit of Leibniz - Two Approaches from 1742; Maupertuis' Lettre sur la comète; Emilie du Châtelet's Institutions de Physique; Principles in Natural Philosophy; A Detour into Physics; Conclusion; References; Between Newton and Leibniz: Emilie du Châtelet and Samuel Clarke
    Description / Table of Contents: Background to InstitutionsSamuel Clarke; The Leibniz-Clarke Debate; Emilie du Châtelet's Knowledge of Clarke; Institutions de Physique and the Leibniz-Clarke Debate; Reconciling Leibniz and Newton: forces vives; Conclusion; References; "Sancti Bernoulli orate pro nobis". Emilie du Châtelet's Rediscovered Essai sur l'optique and Her Relation to the Mathematicians from Basel; References; Leonhard Euler and Emilie du Châtelet. On the Post-Newtonian Development of Mechanics; Introduction; Common and Different Principles in Euler and Du Châtelet; The Legacy of Descartes, Newton and Leibniz
    Description / Table of Contents: From Inherent and Impressed Forces to Internal and External PrinciplesEuler's and Du Châtelet's Interpretation of Newton's Axioms; Euler's Mechanica and Du Châtelet's Institutions; Methods: Hypotheses, Models and the Calculus; Hypotheses and Models; Forces Interpreted as Magnitudes in the Frame of the Calculus; Bodies and Forces; Time and Space; Place Defined Either as a Relation of Coexisting Things or Occupied by a Body; Du Châtelet: Extension Is Independent of Forces. Euler Impenetrability Is Independent of Forces; Du Châtelet on Dead and Living Forces
    Description / Table of Contents: Relative Motion in Euler and Du ChâteletModels of Relative Motion; Du Châtelet. Motion as Illusion. Kästner's "Spitzfindigkeiten"; Euler's Early Relativistic Theory; Summary; References; Leibniz's Quantity of Force: A 'Heresy'? Emilie du Châtelet's Institutions in the Context of the Vis Viva Controversy; The Vis Viva Controversy; Emilie du Châtelet's Programme; From the Vis Viva Controversy to the Principle of Least Action; Conclusion; References; From Translation to Philosophical Discourse - Emilie du Châtelet's Commentaries on Newton and Leibniz*; Two Theories of Equal Value
    Description / Table of Contents: Newton's System of the World
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2093-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    “The main Business of natural Philosophy” : Isaac Newton’s Natural-Philosophical Methodology (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721265
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 352p. 20 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ducheyne, Steffen The main business of natural philosophy
    RVK:
    CC 6100
    RVK:
    CF 6811
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; History ; Humanities / Arts / Design ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Newton, Isaac, ; Sir, 1642-1727 ; Science ; Methodology ; Newton, Isaac 1643-1727 ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie ; Newton, Isaac 1643-1727 ; Wissenschaft ; Methodologie
    Abstract: In this monograph, a historically detailed and philosophical-systematic study will be undertaken of Newton's scientific methodology. It will be shown that the hypothesis that Newton was a bad or confused methodologist is beset with many difficulties and that Newton was not a simplistic inductivist nor did he believe that causes can be derived unconditionally from phenomena. Special attention will be given to Newton's Principia-style methodology. With respect to Newton's Principia-style methodology, it will be shown that Newton carefully distinguished between the (physico- )mathematical treatment of force and the physical treatment of force and that the former should always precede the latter in order to uncover the forces present in rerum natura more safely. In the (physico- )mathematical treatment of force, Newton explicated the physico-mathematical conditions under which, given the laws of motion, certain motions would occur exactly or quam proxime. Of course, Newton clearly focused on those motions which would be relevant in the study of the systema mundi, i.e. Keplerian motions. It will be shown that the models of Book I are not purely mathematical, but physico-mathematical instead: the idealized motions and forces of the models of Book I are iso-nomological to real-world bodies and forces and they are analyzable by the same technical concepts, i.e. Definitions I-VIII. Given these features, Newton could bridge the gap between mathematics and physics: the physico-mathematical conditions, which are structurally similar to what would become their referents in the context of Book III, are predicated under the same laws that hold in the empirical world and, given the Definitions, one could relate certain technical terms to their quasi-physical measures
    Abstract: In this monograph, Steffen Ducheyne provides a historically detailed and systematically rich explication of Newton's methodology. Throughout the pages of this book, it will be shown that Newton developed a complex natural-philosophical methodology which encompasses procedures to minimize inductive risk during the process of theory formation and which, thereby, surpasses a standard hypothetico-deductive methodological setting. Accordingly, it will be highlighted that the so-called 'Newtonian Revolution' was not restricted to the empirical and theoretical dimensions of science, but applied equal
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Introduction; Contents; List of Figures; Notes to the Reader; Part I Newton's Causal Methodology; 1 Newton and Causes: Something Borrowed and Something New; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Stewart's Objection: The Logical Problem of Analysis and Synthesis; 1.3 Newton's Early Aristotelian Training; 1.4 Textbooks on Logic and Method; 1.5 Newton on Natural-Philosophical Analysis and Synthesis; 1.6 Centripetal Forces as Causes; 1.7 Newton on Action at a Distance; 1.8 Conclusion; 1.9 Coda: Did Newton Actually Mean "Explanations"?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.9 Appendix: Transcription of CUL Add. Ms. 3968, f. 109r-v [Early 1710s]Part II Newton's Methodology: "The Best Way of Arguing in Natural Philosophy"; 2 Uncovering the Methodology of the Principia (I): The Phase of Model Construction; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Newton's Rejection of the Method of Hypothesis; 2.3 The Strong Version of I. Bernard Cohen's "Newtonian Style" and Its Predicament; 2.4 The Constituents of Newton's Models in Book I; 2.4.1 Newton's Definitions; 2.4.2 Newton's Laws of Motion; 2.4.3 The Mathematical Machinery of the Principia
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.4 The Constituents of the Models in Books I--II2.5 Crucial Sorts of Propositions of Book I; 2.5.1 Inferring Inverse-Square Centripetal Forces from Exact or Quam Proxime Keplerian Motion; 2.5.2 The Harmonic Rule; 2.5.3 Many-Body Systems; 2.5.4 The Attractive Forces of Spherical Bodies; 2.6 Newton's Methodology Part I: Book I as an "Autonomous Enterprise"; 3 Uncovering the Methodology of the Principia (II): The Phase of Model Application, Theory Formation and Theory Application; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Development and Meaning of Newton's Regulae Philosophandi
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Justifying the Absence of a Resisting Medium3.4 The Arguments for Universal Gravitation: The Analysis; 3.4.1 Propositions I--II: The Inference of Inverse-Square Centripetal Forces Acting on the Primary and Secondary Planets; 3.4.2 Propositions III0IV: The Inference of an Inverse-Square Centripetal Force Acting on the Moon; 3.4.3 Proposition V: From Centripetal Force to ''Gravity''; 3.4.4 Proposition VI: Weight-Mass Proportionality; 3.4.5 Proposition VII--VIII: Universal Gravitation; 3.5 The Argument for Universal Gravitation: The Synthesis or the Phase of Theory Application
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 An Outline of Newton's Methodology in Book III of the PrincipiaAppendix 1: Relevant Additions and Changes Occurring in the Second Edition of the Principia (1713); Appendix 2: Relevant Additions and Changes Occurring in the Third Edition of the Principia (1726); 4 Facing the Limits of Deductions from Phenomena: Newton's Quest for a Mathematical-Demonstrative Optics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Opticks as an Incomplete Treatise; 4.3 The Corporality of Light as a Hypothesis; 4.4 Newton's Argument for the Heterogeneity of White Light; 4.5 Scrutinizing Newton's Two Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Early Newton's Demonstrative Rhetoric
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2126-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Pyrrhonism in Ancient, Modern, and Contemporary Philosophy (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400719910
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 246p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 70
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CD 1120
    RVK:
    CD 3850
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern
    Abstract: This is the first collection of original essays entirely devoted to a detailed study of the Pyrrhonian tradition. The twelve contributions collected in the present volume combine to offer a historical and systematic analysis of the form of skepticism known as "Pyrrhonism". They discuss whether the Pyrrhonist is an ethically engaged agent, whether he can claim to search for truth, and other thorny questions concerning ancient Pyrrhonism; explore its influence on certain modern thinkers such as Pierre Bayle and David Hume; and, examine Pyrrhonian skepticism in relation to contemporary
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Introduction; References; Contents; Contributors; Part I Ancient Pyrrhonism; 1 How Ethical Can an Ancient Skeptic Be?; 2 Two Kinds of Tranquility: Sextus Empiricus on Ataraxia; 3 The Aims of Skeptical Investigation; 4 Pyrrhonism and the Law of Non-Contradiction; 5 Epistemic Justification and the Limits of Pyrrhonism; Part II Pyrrhonism in Modern Philosophy; 6 Bacons Doctrine of the Idols and Skepticism; 7 Skepticism against Reason in Pierre Baylex2019; s TheoryINTnl; of Toleration; 8 Skepticism and the Possibility of Nature; 9 Hume on Skeptical Arguments
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III Pyrrhonism in Contemporary Philosophy10 Wittgensteinian Pyrrhonism; 11 Skepticism and Disagreement; 12 Can Contemporary Semantics Help the Pyrrhonian Get a Life; Name Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1991-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Law, Order and Freedom : A Historical Introduction to Legal Philosophy (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400714571
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 388 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 94
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Law, order and freedom
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Law ; Philosophy ; History ; Law ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Liberty ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: The central question in legal philosophy is the relationship between law and morality. The legal systems of many countries around the world have been influenced by the principles of the Enlightenment: freedom, equality and fraternity. The position is similar in relation to the accompanying state ideal of the democratic constitutional state as well as the notion of a welfare state. The foundation of these principles lies in the ideal of individual autonomy. The law must in this view guarantee a social order which secures the equal freedom of all. This freedom is moreover fundamental because in
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Legal Philosophy: The Most Important Controversies; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Legal Philosophy; 1.2.1 What is Law?; 1.2.1.1 Introduction; 1.2.1.2 Law, Order and Morality; 1.2.1.3 Natural Law and Legal Positivism; 1.2.2 The Natural-Law Doctrine; 1.2.2.1 Classical Natural Law; 1.2.2.2 Naturalistic Natural Law: The Biological Model; 1.2.2.3 Natural Law According to the Communication Model; 1.2.3 Descriptive Legal Positivism and Its Critics; 1.2.3.1 Austin: Law as Commands of the Government; 1.2.3.2 Hart: Primary and Secondary Rules
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.3 Dworkin's Criticism: Rules and Principles1.2.3.4 Critical Legal Studies; 1.3 Law Between Power and Morality; 1.4 Conceptual Framework and Brief Overview of the Subsequent Chapters; 2 Antiquity and the Middle Ages; 2.1 Introduction to Greek Philosophy; 2.2 Pre-Socratics; 2.3 The Sophists; 2.3.1 Scepticism and Relativism; 2.3.2 Law as Convention; 2.4 Plato; 2.4.1 Introduction; 2.4.2 State Doctrine; 2.4.3 Rationalistic Theory of Knowledge and Ontology; 2.4.4 Moral Perfectionism; 2.4.4.1 Perfectionist Individual Ethics; 2.4.4.2 Perfectionist Political Theory; 2.4.5 Commentary
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Aristotle2.5.1 Ontology; 2.5.2 Ethics; 2.5.3 Political Philosophy and Legal Philosophy; 2.5.4 Commentary; 2.6 The Stoics; 2.7 The Middle Ages; 2.7.1 Introduction; 2.7.2 Thomas Aquinas; 2.7.3 End of the Middle Ages; 2.7.3.1 William of Ockham; 2.7.3.2 Marsilius of Padua; 2.8 Conclusion; 3 The Commencement of the Modern Age; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 From God's Sovereignty to the People's Sovereignty: Calvinism; 3.3 Realism and Relativism: The Renaissance; 3.4 The Break with Tradition: The Scientific Revolution; 3.5 Modern Natural Law: Hugo Grotius; 4 Hobbes, Locke, and Spinoza; 4.1 Hobbes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.1 Life4.1.2 Man and World; 4.1.3 The State of Nature; 4.1.4 Social Morality; 4.1.5 The State; 4.1.6 The Social Contract; 4.1.7 Law and Morality; 4.1.8 Commentary; 4.2 Locke; 4.2.1 Life; 4.2.2 Law in the State of Nature; 4.2.3 The Formation of the Political Community; 4.2.4 Limits of Power; 4.2.5 Grounds and Limits of Reliable Knowledge; 4.3 Spinoza; 4.3.1 Life; 4.3.2 Pluralism and Tolerance; 4.3.3 Commentary; 4.4 Conclusion: Hobbes and Locke; 5 Eighteenth-Century French Enlightenment; 5.1 Enlightenment, Freedom, Equality and Fraternity; 5.1.1 Enlightenment Through Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.2 Legal Philosophy of the Enlightenment5.2 The Liberal Enlightenment: Montesquieus Separation of Powers; 5.2.1 Montesquieu; 5.2.2 The Spirit of Laws; 5.2.3 Separation of Powers; 5.2.4 Montesquieu as Moderate Liberal; 5.2.5 Commentary; 5.3 Enlightenment of Criminal Law; 5.3.1 Monopoly of Power and Criminal Law; 5.3.2 Cesare Beccaria; 5.3.3 Criminal Law According to Beccaria; 5.3.4 Instrumental Criminal Law and Individual Justice; 5.3.5 Separation of Powers and Codification; 5.4 Natural Law, Enlightened Science and Cruel Arbitrariness; 5.5 Rousseau: Nostalgia for Natural Security
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Rousseau's Life and Work
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1457-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Education for Self-transformation : Essay Form as an Educational Practice (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400724013 , 1283456397 , 9781283456395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 149p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kwak, Duck-Joo Education for self-transformation
    RVK:
    DF 3000
    RVK:
    DP 1420
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education Philosophy ; Literacy ; Curriculumplanung ; Erziehungsphilosophie ; Curriculumplanung ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: Exemplifying what it advocates, this book is an innovative attempt to retrieve the essay form from its degenerate condition in academic writing. Its purpose is to create pedagogical space in which the inner struggle of 'lived experience' can articulate itself in the first person. Working through essays, the modern, 'post-secular' self can guide, understand, and express its own transformation. This is not merely a book about writing methods: it has a sharp existential edge. Beginning by defining key terms such as 'self-transformation', Kwak sketches the contemporary debates between Jurgen Haber
    Abstract: Exemplifying what it advocates, this book is an innovative attempt to retrieve the essay form from its degenerate condition in academic writing. Its purpose is to create pedagogical space in which the inner struggle of 'lived experience' can articulate itself in the first person. Working through essays, the modern, 'post-secular' self can guide, understand, and express its own transformation. This is not merely a book about writing methods: it has a sharp existential edge. Beginning by defining key terms such as 'self-transformation', Kwak sketches the contemporary debates between Jurgen Haber
    Description / Table of Contents: Education for Self-transformation; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Education as Self-transformation and the Essay Form of Writing: Education for a Post-secular Age; References; Part I: George Lukács: Practice of Philosophy for Existential Fulfillment; Chapter 2: A Reflection on the Relation Between Philosophy and Life; Through Hans Blumenberg's Work; Introduction: Knowledge and Existential Anxiety, What Is Their Connection?; A Way to the Loss of Existential Fulfillment: From Plato to Bacon; Conclusion: Learning from Nominalists' Wisdom; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: A Response to Modernity Between Reason and Faith: Kierkegaard's Ideas of the Ethical Self and SubjectivityIntroduction: "Being Educated" and "Being Ethical"; Relation Between Subjectivity and Being Ethical; Conclusion: Educational Implications of Kierkegaard's Indirect Communication; References; Chapter 4: Practicing Philosophy, the Practice of Education: Exploring the Essay-Form Through Lukács' Soul and Form; Introduction: In Pursuit of a Pedagogical Form of Writing; Philosophy and Life-Form; Life-Form and the Essay Form of Writing
    Description / Table of Contents: Conclusion: The Essay Form of Writing as an Educational PracticeReferences; Part II: Stanley Cavell: Practice of Education in the Essay-Form; Chapter 5: Stanley Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy as an Example of Practicing Philosophy in the Essay-Form: In Search of a Humanistic Approach to Teacher Education; Introduction: A Humanistic Approach to Teacher Education; The Methodological Characteristics of Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy; The Educational Aspiration of Cavell's Ordinary Language Philosophy; Conclusion: A Role for Philosophy in Teacher Education; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Philosophy as the Essay Form of Writing: Cavell's Concepts of Voice, Method, and TextIntroduction: The Essay as a Form of Writing for Self-knowledge; Montaigne and the Essay: Its Educational Nature and Purpose; Cavell's Philosophical Writing: Voice, Method, and Text; Voice and Method; Voice and Text; Conclusion: The Philosophical Voice and the Essay; References; Chapter 7: Cavell's Essayist as the Political Self: Implication for Citizenship Education; Introduction: The Private, the Philosophical, and the Political; The Political Dimension of Cavell's Moral Perfectionism
    Description / Table of Contents: Conversation of Justice for Equality from Within and Active EqualityConclusion: A Picture of the Cavellian Citizen: "Bourgeoisie with a Desire to Go Beyond Bourgeois Morality"; References; Chapter 8: Conclusion: The Essay Form of Writing for a Tragic Form of Subjectivity; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2401-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Wind Bands and Cultural Identity in Japanese Schools (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721784
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 287p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    LQ 94007
    RVK:
    LQ 94008
    RVK:
    LR 56925
    Keywords: Regional planning ; Education ; Education ; Regional planning
    Abstract: This well researched volume tells the story of music education in Japan and of the wind band contest organized by the All-Japan Band Association. Identified here for the first time as the world's largest musical competition, it attracts 14,000 bands and well over 500,000 competitors. The book's insightful contribution to our understanding of both music and education chronicles music learning in Japanese schools and communities. It examines the contest from a range of perspectives, including those of policy makers, adjudicators, conductors and young musicians. The book is an illuminating window
    Description / Table of Contents: Wind Bands and Cultural Identity in Japanese Schools; Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education; Foreword; Author Biography; Contents; List of Figures; Part 1: A Social History of Wind Bands in Japanese Schools; Chapter 1: The World's Finest School Bands and Largest Music Competition; 1.1 Overview; 1.2 Writing Style and Research Background; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Where are These Bands From? - An Historical Overview; 2.1 Methodological Approach; 2.2 Chapter Overview; 2.3 Mythical Origins; 2.3.1 Wind Instruments in Japanese Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Psalmanazar and Other Early European Accounts2.4 From Zipangu through Dejima; 2.4.1 Jesuit Music Instruction in Sixteenth Century Japan; 2.4.2 Dejima and Rangaku; 2.4.3 Music Transmission via the Nagasaki Kaigun Denshujo; 2.4.4 Metallurgy, Early Trumpet Instruction, and Guttig's Dream; 2.4.5 Yamagunitai: Japan's Oldest Westernized Band; 2.5 Music Westernization in the Meiji Restoration; 2.5.1 Fenton's Legacy; 2.5.2 Origins of Kimigayo; 2.5.3 Iwakura Mission and Rokumeikan; 2.5.4 Early Schooling, and the Mason-Isawa Saga; 2.6 Emergence of Community Bands and School Bands
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.6.1 Jinta: Informal Marching Band2.6.2 Shonen Ongakutai: Community Youth Band; 2.6.3 Early School Bands; 2.6.4 AJBA National Competition; 2.7 Japanese Bands in the Mid-Twentieth Century; 2.7.1 Bands After the War; 2.7.2 The Blossoming 1960s; 2.8 Recent Developments; 2.8.1 Through the Twentieth Century; 2.8.2 The Rise of China; 2.8.3 Recording Industry and Curricular Reform; 2.8.4 Contemporary Perspectives; 2.9 Historiographic Issues and Revisionist Interpretations; 2.9.1 Imada's Historiography; 2.9.2 Musical Contributions of Fenton, Eckert, Mason and Isawa
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.9.3 Explaining the Popularity of Bands in Japan2.9.4 Fenton's Final Years: New Data; 2.9.5 Concluding Remarks; Notes; References; Part 2: An Ethnography of Wind Bands in Japanese Schools; Chapter 3: An Invitation to the Tokyo Middle School; 3.1 A Place for Learning; 3.1.1 The Urban Setting; 3.1.2 The Trek to School; 3.1.3 The School Neighborhood; 3.1.4 At the Campus; 3.1.5 The Main Office; 3.1.6 The Band Room; 3.1.7 Academic Music Classes; Notes; References; Chapter 4: The Band Rehearsal Ritual and Its Participants; 4.1 The Rehearsal Ritual; 4.1.1 Chuuningu; 4.1.2 Kiritsu; 4.1.3 Hajime
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.4 Gassou4.1.5 Paatore; 4.1.6 Owari; 4.2 Band Participants; 4.2.1 Ranks and Roles; 4.2.2 Jougekankei System; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Instruction in the Japanese School Band; 5.1 Band Director as Coach; 5.2 Band Director as Hogaku Sensei; 5.3 Instructional Process; 5.4 Zettai Dame!: Negative Feedback; 5.5 Use of Models; 5.6 Uniquely Japanese Techniques; Notes; References; Chapter 6: Scenes from the 50th AJBA National Band Competition; 6.1 Fumon Hall; 6.2 AJBA Rules; 6.3 Local Understandings of the AJBA Competition; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Winning in Band: Views from Beneath and Within
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2178-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices : Dialogues with Tony O’Connor on Society, Art, and Friendship (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400715097 , 1283453401 , 9781283453400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology 64
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CI 1110
    RVK:
    CI 1120
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics ; Phenomenology ; Political science Philosophy ; Ästhetisches Verhalten
    Abstract: "Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices" brings together eminent international philosophers to discuss the inter-dependence of critical communities and aesthetic practices. Their contributions share a hermeneutical commitment to dialogue, both as a model for critique and as a generator of community. Two conclusions emerge: The first is that one's relationships with others will always be central in determining the social, political, and artistic forms that philosophical self-reflection will take. The second is that our practices of aesthetic judgment are bound up with our effort
    Abstract: "Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices" brings together eminent international philosophers to discuss the inter-dependence of critical communities and aesthetic practices. Their contributions share a hermeneutical commitment to dialogue, both as a model for critique and as a generator of community. Two conclusions emerge: The first is that one's relationships with others will always be central in determining the social, political, and artistic forms that philosophical self-reflection will take. The second is that our practices of aesthetic judgment are bound up with our effort
    Description / Table of Contents: Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction : Critical Communities and Aesthetic Practices; Part I: Hermeneutics and Aesthetic Practices: Art, Ritual, Interpretation; Chapter 2: Reflections on the Hermeneutics of Creative Acts; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Back to the Origin; 2.3 Kant, Romanticism and Genius; Chapter 3: In Between Word and Image: Philosophical Hermeneutics, Aesthetics and the Inescapable Heritage of Kant; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Ambiguous Image; 3.3 Openness and In Completeness; 3.4 The Instability of Aesthetic Understanding
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 In Between Word and Image3.6 The Need for Interpretation; 3.7 Conclusion: Philosophical Hermeneutics and Kant's Inescapable Heritage; Chapter 4: Merleau-Ponty on Cultural Schemas and Childhood Drawing; 4.1 Introduction: Tony O'Connor and Merleau-Ponty; 4.1.1 Childhood Art; 4.2 Conclusion: Cultural Spaces; References; Chapter 5: Art and Edge: Preliminary Reflections; 5.1; 5.2; 5.3; 5.4; 5.5; Chapter 6: From Reflection to Refraction: On Bordwell's Cinema and the Viewing Event; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Bordwell on Classical Cinema: Hurray for Hollywood; 6.3 From Reflection to Refraction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Conclusion: Towards the Viewing EventChapter 7: A Note on Hölderlin-Translation; Chapter 8: Violence and Splendor: At the Limits of Hermeneutics; Part II: Critical Communities and Aesthetic Subjects: Ethics, Politics, Action; Chapter 9: Community Beyond Instrumental Reason: The Idea of Donation in Deleuze and Lyotard; 9.1 "197.5"; 9.1.1 La volonté du Ciel soit faite en toute chose; 9.2 Points, Lines and Process; 9.3 Withdrawal and Donation; Chapter 10: The Political Horizon of Merleau-Ponty's Ontology; 10.1 Means; 10.2 Motive; 10.3 Opportunity
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Derrida's Specters: Futurity, Finitude, Forgetting11.1 Specters of Marx; 11.2 Debt, Gift and Economy; 11.3 Further Remains; Chapter 12: The Political and Ethical Significance of Waiting: Heidegger and the Legacy of Thinking; 12.1; 12.2; 12.3; Chapter 13: Othering; Part III: Aesthetic Practice and Critical Community: Friendship; Chapter 14: Otogogy , or Friendship, Teaching and the Ear of the Other; 14.1 Teaching, Friendship, Responsibility; 14.2 Otogogy; Chapter 15: Kantian Friendship; Chapter 16: Just Friends: The Ethics of (Postmodern) Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 16.1 Justice Without Friendship16.2 Friendship Without Justice; 16.3 The Justice of Friendships; 16.3.1 Modern Friends - With Justice and Liberty for All ( vielleicht / peut-être /maybe); 16.3.2 The Justice of Postmodern Friendships; Chapter 17: The Art of Friendship; 17.1; 17.2; Tony O'Connor Biography; Email Addresses (In Alphabetical Order); Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1509-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Interpreting Physics : Language and the Classical/Quantum Divide (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723696 , 1283456591 , 9781283456593
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 268p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 289
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. MacKinnon, Edward M., 1928 - Interpreting physics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Physics ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Physik ; Quantenmechanik ; Sprache ; Philosophie ; Physik ; Sprache ; Philosophie ; Quantenmechanik
    Abstract: This book is the first to offer a systematic account of the role of language in the development and interpretation of physics. An historical-conceptual analysis of the co-evolution of mathematical and physical concepts leads to the classical/quatum interface. Bohrian orthodoxy stresses the indispensability of classical concepts and the functional role of mathematics. This book analyses ways of extending, and then going beyond this orthodoxy orthodoxy. Finally, the book analyzes how a revised interpretation of physics impacts on basic philosophical issues: conceptual revolutions, realism, and r
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Acronyms; Part I The Language of Physics; 1 A Philosophical Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Language and Logical Positivism; 1.3 Language and Contemporary Philosophy of Physics; 1.4 Methods of Analysis; 1.4.1 Semantics and Ontology; References; 2 From Categories to Quantitative Concepts; 2.1 Early Developments; 2.2 From Myth to Philosophy; 2.3 From Philosophy of Nature to Mechanics; 2.4 A New Physics Emerges; 2.4.1 Newtonian Dynamics; 2.5 Philosophical Reflections; References; 3 The Unification of Classical Physics; 3.1 Atomistic Mechanism
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 An Energetic Physics3.1.2 Classical Electrodynamics; References; 4 The Interpretation of Classical Physics; 4.1 The Limits of Classical Physics; 4.2 The Interpretation of Classical Physics; 4.2.1 Critical Classical Physics; 4.3 A Dual Inference Model; References; Part II The Classical/Quantum Divide; 5 Orthodox Quantum Mechanics; 5.1 The Development of Bohr's Position; 5.2 A Strict Measurement Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics; References; 6 Beyond a Minimal Basis; 6.1 The Role of Quantum Experiments; 6.2 QED and Virtual Processes; 6.3 The Standard Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.1 Renormalization and Effective Theories6.4 Idiontology of the Quantum Realm; References; 7 Interpreting Quantum Mechanics; 7.1 Formulations and Interpretations; 7.2 The Consistent Histories Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics; 7.2.1 Criticisms of Consistent Histories; 7.3 The Gell-Mann--Hartle Project; References; 8 Realism and Reductionism; 8.1 Physics in Perspective; 8.2 Continuity and Rationality; 8.3 The Problematic of Realism; 8.4 Emergence and Reduction; 8.4.1 Reductionism and Physical Theories; 8.4.2 Emergence; 8.5 The Four Orders; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2369-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Weighing the World : The Reverend John Michell of Thornhill (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400720220
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 488p. 52 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. McCormmach, Russell, 1933 - Weighing the world
    RVK:
    UB 3232
    RVK:
    TB 1832
    Keywords: Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Science, general ; Science History ; Philosophy (General) ; Michell, John, 1724?-1793 ; Michell, John, 1724?-1793 ; Correspondence ; Physicists ; Great Britain ; Biography ; Clergy ; Great Britain ; Biography ; Briefsammlung ; Biografie ; Michell, John 1724-1793 ; Michell, John 1724-1793
    Abstract: Russell McCormmach
    Abstract: The book about John Michell (1724-93) has two parts. The first and longest part is biographical, an account of Michell's home setting (Nottinghamshire in England), the clerical world in which he grew up (Church of England), the university (Cambridge) where he studied and taught, and the scientific activities he made the center of his life. The second part is a complete edition of his known letters. Half of his letters have not been previously published; the other half are brought together in one place for the first time. The letters touch on all aspects of his career, and because they are in h
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Michell's Life and Work; 1 Home; 1.1 Historical Setting; 1.2 A Family in Nottinghamshire; 1.3 Pastoral Life in Early Georgian England; 1.4 Education at Home; 2 Cambridge; 2.1 Cambridge University; 2.2 Queens' College; 2.3 Students; 2.4 Graduates; 2.5 Post-Graduates; 2.6 Fellowships; 2.7 Income; 2.8 Science; 2.9 Religion; 2.10 St. Botolph Church; 3 Early Researches; 3.1 Natural Philosopher; 3.2 Mechanics; 3.3 Electricity; 3.4 Magnetic Background; 3.5 Book on Magnetism; 3.5.1 Properties of Magnets
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Theory of Magnetism3.5.3 Controversy Over Magnetism; 3.6 Turn to Geology; 3.7 Geological Background; 3.7.1 Theories of the Earth Before Michell; 3.7.2 Strata; 3.7.3 Earthquakes; 3.7.4 Causes of Earthquakes; 3.8 Paper on Earthquakes; 3.8.1 General Comments on the Earthquake Paper; 3.9 Late Reactions to the Paper; 3.9.1 Evaluation of Michell's Explanation of Earthquakes; 3.9.2 Significance of Michell's Work on Strata; 3.10 Table of Strata; 3.11 Royal Society; 3.12 Scientific Clubs; 4 Transitions; 4.1 Professor of Geology; 4.2 Leaving Cambridge; 4.3 Clerics and Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Marriage, Compton Parish4.5 Board of Longitude, Family Sorrow; 4.6 Longitude and Navigation; 4.7 Havant Parish; 4.8 Astronomical Background; 4.9 Paper on the Stars; 4.9.1 Photometry of the Stars; 4.10 Background of Statistics and Probability; 4.10.1 Probability Theory; 4.10.2 Probability in the Physical Sciences; 4.11 Paper on the Stars, Continued; 4.11.1 Probability of Star Clusters; 4.11.2 Instruments; 4.12 The Milky Way; 4.13 Response to the Paper; 5 Thornhill; 5.1 Savile; 5.2 Politics; 5.3 Parish and Village; 5.4 Church; 5.5 Buildings and Land
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Remarriage, Gilbert Michell, and Botany at Thornhill5.7 Scientific Connections; 5.8 London Journey; 5.9 Theory of Matter and Force; 5.10 Optics; 5.11 Music; 6 Late Researches; 6.1 Cavendish and Michell; 6.2 Herschel and Double Stars; 6.3 Gravity of Light; 6.4 Paper on the Stars; 6.4.1 Theory and Method; 6.4.2 Experiment for Determining the Velocity of Light; 6.5 Reception of the Paper; 6.5.1 Experimental Tests; 6.5.2 Algol; 6.5.3 Relativity and Aberration of Light; 6.6 General Comments on the Paper; 6.7 Black Holes, Dark Bodies; 6.8 Indistinct Vision; 6.9 The Great Telescope
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.9.1 Reflecting Telescopes6.9.2 Michell's Project; 6.9.3 Herschel's Telescopes; 6.9.4 Expenses and Other Problems; 6.9.5 Progress Reports; 6.9.6 Big Telescopes Now; 6.9.7 Herschel and Michell; 6.10 Geology and Mineralogy; 6.10.1 Cavendish, Blagden, and Michell; 6.10.2 Toadstone; 6.10.3 Siliceous Earth, Flints; 6.10.4 Our Explanation of Flint; 6.10.5 Geology and Christianity; 6.10.6 Michell, Geologist; 6.11 Weighing the World; 6.11.1 The Michell-Cavendish Experiment; 6.11.2 Theory of the Experiment; 6.11.3 Michell and Cavendish's Collaboration; 6.11.4 Significance of the Experiment
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.12 Last Years
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2022-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Equity in Discourse for Mathematics Education : Theories, Practices, and Policies (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400728134 , 1283456656 , 9781283456654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 268p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 55
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Equity in discourse for mathematics education
    RVK:
    SM 607
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematikunterricht ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: David Pimm
    Abstract: This book covers the discourse and equity in mathematics education research. Given the inherent connection between discourse and equity, this book focuses on two approaches to the connection. Contributors consider the ways in which the social, mathematical, cultural, and political aspects of classroom interactions impact students' opportunities to participate in the kinds of discourse practices that provide access to resources. Contributors also consider the perceptions and practices of educators, particularly the extent to which they view diversity as a resource and to which they are aware of
    Description / Table of Contents: Equity in Discourse for Mathematics Education; Foreword; Discourse and Equity: The Simultaneous Challenge of Epistemological and Social Access; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Inherent Connections Between Discourse and Equity in Mathematics Classrooms; 1 Equity; 2 Discourse; 3 Changing Discourse Patterns in Mathematics Classrooms; 3.1 Making Language Practices Explicit; 3.2 Cultural Dimensions of Discourse; 3.3 Structuring Equitable Discourse; 4 Bringing These Perspectives Together in This Book; Part I: Equity Concerns Draw Attention to Discourse
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Context Matters: How Should We Conceptualize Equity in Mathematics Education?1 Framing Equity; 2 Equity in Teaching and Learning Contexts; 2.1 Nine U.S. High Schools; 2.2 A Successful Teacher Community; 2.3 Twenty-Three Teacher Candidates; 2.4 The 'Achievement Gap'; 3 Future Research; 4 Postscript (2011); Chapter 3: Exploring Scholastic Mortality Among Working-Class and Indigenous Students; 1 Teaching Working-Class and Indigenous Students: An Act of Symbolic Violence?; 2 Both-Ways Education: Challenging Symbolic Violence; 3 Resistance Theory: Alternatives to Deficit Models
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Language Structures and Marginalising Discourses5 Language Differences: The Case of Questioning; 5.1 Written Questions and Contexts; 5.2 Classroom Interactions; 5.3 Questions to Control Behaviour and Flow of Lessons; 5.4 Questions to Elicit Knowledge; 6 Teacher Judgement and Success: The Curse of Ability in Mathematics Education; Chapter 4: Mathematics Learning in Groups: Analysing Equity Within an Activity Structure; 1 Equity and Opportunities to Learn in Mathematical Group Work; 1.1 Analysing Equity in Terms of Opportunities to Learn; 2 Methods; 2.1 Major Data Sources
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Identifying Work Practices2.3 Identifying Positioning; 3 Equity and Interaction in the Presentation Preparation; 4 Discussion; Chapter 5: Aiming for Equity in Ethnomathematics Research; 1 Context; 2 Ethnomathematics; 3 Positioning Theory; 4 Shifting Storylines in the Research Conversations; 4.1 Changing Storylines; 4.2 Challenges of Representation; 5 Reflection; Chapter 6: How Equity Concerns Lead to Attention to Mathematical Discourse; 1 Multiple Approaches to Equity Discourse and Ethnomathematics; 2 Three Points of Further Discussion; 2.1 Defining 'discourse'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Issues with the Discourse Practices of School2.3 Issues with Using Ethnomathematical Approaches; 3 Equitable and Successful Practices in U.S. Mathematics Classrooms; 4 Some Recommendations for Future Research on Equity and Discourse; 4.1 Recommendation #1: Avoid Essentializing Cultural Practices; 4.2 Recommendation #2: Avoid Deficit Models; 4.3 Recommendation #3: Recognize the Complexity of Language and Discourse Practices; 4.4 Recommendation #4: Shift Away from Monolithic Views of Mathematical Discourse; Part II: Attention to Discourse Highlights Equity Concerns
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Linguistic Tools for Exploring Issues of Equity
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2813-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Qualitative Research in the Post-Modern Era : Contexts of Qualitative Research (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723399
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 159p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    MR 2000
    Keywords: Humanities ; Social sciences ; Humanities / Arts / Design ; Humanities ; Social sciences ; Qualitative Sozialforschung ; Postmoderne
    Abstract: Qualitative Research is changing as a result of postmodern influences which have changed the way research is interpreted and understood. This has prompted questions which have been knocking at the door of qualitative research for some time now: Who is the researcher in this research account? How does the researcher relate to his/her research? How can the researcher who reads qualitative research relate to and understand the nuances and complexities in qualitative research? How can this volume help us to, not only describe, effect and manage change, but help us to understand, imagine and affect
    Abstract: Qualitative Research is changing as a result of postmodern influences which have changed the way research is interpreted and understood. This has prompted questions which have been knocking at the door of qualitative research for some time now: Who is the researcher in this research account? How does the researcher relate to his/her research? How can the researcher who reads qualitative research relate to and understand the nuances and complexities in qualitative research? How can this volume help us to, not only describe, effect and manage change, but help us to understand, imagine and affect
    Description / Table of Contents: Qualitative Research in the Post-Modern Era; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Toward Understanding Research; Introduction; What is Research?; Qualities of Qualitative Research; Selected Annotated Bibliography; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 2: The Qualitative (R)Evolution?; Political Considerations; Philosophical Considerations; Paradigms of Research; Approaches to Qualitative Research; Historical Considerations; (Auto)Biographical Considerations; Postmodern Considerations; Five Contexts of Qualitative Research; Selected Annotated Bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions for Further StudyReferences; Chapter 3: The Autobiographical Context; The Authors' Autobiographical Regressive Moments; An Interview with Dr. William F. Pinar; Response by Graduate Students; An Article by William Pinar; Autobiography by a Graduate Student; The Authors' Autobiographical Moment - Continued; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - William F. Pinar; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 4: The Historical Context; An African Proverb; An Article by Norman Denzin and Yvonna Lincoln; An Interview with Norman Denzin; Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: Selected Annotated Bibliography - Norman DenzinQuestions for Further Study; References; Chapter 5: The Political Context; Reflection on the Political Context; Excerpt of an Article by Henry Giroux; An Interview with Henry Giroux; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Henry Giroux; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 6: The Postmodern Context; (Post)Modern Man; An Interview with Professor Emeritus Zygmunt Bauman; Reflections on Research and Postmodernity; Response by Graduate Students; An Article by Zygmunt Bauman; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Zygmunt Bauman
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions for Further StudyReferences; Chapter 7: The Philosophical Context; An Interview with Dr. Maxine Greene; An Article by Maxine Greene; Summary; Selected Annotated Bibliography - Maxine Greene; Questions for Further Study; References; Chapter 8: The Art and Practice of Research in the Postmodern Era; Contexts for Research; The Autobiographical Context; The Historical Context; The Political Context; The Postmodern Context; The Philosophical Context; Emergent Themes; Ethnic and Gender Issues; The Scholars; Historical Events
    Description / Table of Contents: Reflections on the Art and Practice of Research in the Postmodern EraFound Poetry - "Research Is What?"; Reflections; Introduction to Volume II; Selected Annotated Bibliography; Questions for Further Study; References; Appendices: Excerpts of Interviews Transcripts; Chapter 1 "What Is Research?"; Chapter 2 The Qualitative (R)Evolution?; Chapter 3 The Autobiographical Context; Chapter 4 The Historical Context; Chapter 5 The Political Context; Chapter 6 The Postmodern Context; Chapter 7 The Philosophical Context; Chapter 8 The Art and Practice of Researchin the Postmodern Era; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2339-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Merleau-Ponty: une ontologie de l’imaginaire (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400719750 , 1283456486 , 9781283456487
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 421p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 204
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dufourcq, Annabelle, - 1976- Merleau-Ponty
    RVK:
    CI 6117
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ontology ; Phenomenology ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice, 1908-1961 ; Imagination (Philosophy) ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice 1908-1961 ; Das Imaginäre ; Imagination ; Wahrnehmung ; Authentizität ; Ontologie ; Phänomenologie ; Merleau-Ponty, Maurice 1908-1961 ; Das Imaginäre ; Imagination ; Wahrnehmung ; Authentizität ; Ontologie ; Phänomenologie
    Abstract: Cette étude a pour objet la conception merleau-pontyenne de limaginaire et la manière dont elle conduit à repenser radicalement le réel dans sa totalité et, finalement, à imposer une ontologie dont limaginaire est le principe même, « linstitution de lEtre ».
    Abstract: Cette etude a pour objet la conception merleau-pontyenne de l'imaginaire et la maniere dont elle conduit a repenser radicalement le reel dans sa totalite et, finalement, a imposer une ontologie dont l'imaginaire est le principe meme, A" l'institution de l'Etre A&quot
    Description / Table of Contents: 7: La conscience est néant8: Image, imagination et imaginaire chez Sartre; 9: L'existence et le monde : une écumede néant à la surface de l'Etre; 10: La comédie de l'existence; 11: Remarque : le dépassement du dualismeentre Etre et Néant ébauché dansla philosophie sartrienne; Section III: La définition merleau-pontyennede l'imaginaire en tant que registre particulier aux côtés du réel; 12: Introduction: thématisation de l'imaginaireet défi nition d'une réalité élargie
    Description / Table of Contents: 19: Institutions et reprises créatrices dansune existence "authentique" - profondeet poétique20: Authenticité, imaginaire et réalité; Section V: L'imaginaire est la vraie Stiftung de l'Etre; 21: L'imaginaire comme introduction à l'ontologiepuis comme modèle ontologique fondamental; 22: Une Urstiftung insaisissable : l'Etre commedéhiscence; 23: La profondeur aime les masques : l'Etre commejeu d'images; 24: Conclusion; Bibliographie; Index Nominum; Index Rerum;
    Description / Table of Contents: Merleau-Ponty: une ontologie de l'imaginaire; Remerciements; Table Des Matieres; 1: Introduction; Section I: L'héritage husserlien et les premiersmotifs de la réflexion de Merleau-Ponty :crise de la rationalité, monde oniriqueet risque de folie; 2: Introduction: crise et imaginaire; 3: La crise moderne; 4: La plus grande trouvaille de Husserl selonMerleau-Ponty : le fl ux héraclitéen , entreraison et déraison; 5: Le problème de l'authenticité chezMerleau-Ponty : l'homme et le mondedissous par l'imaginaire ?; Section II: Imagination, néant et inauthenticité chez Sartre; 6: Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 13: Les reprises de la défi nition sartriennede l'imaginaire par Merleau-Ponty,indissociables d'une critique de l'oppositionentre Etre et Néant14: Critique par Merleau-Ponty de la conceptionsartrienne de l'imaginaire; 15: La présence véritable et même décupléedu réel dans l'imaginaire; 16: Proximité entre la redéfi nitionmerleau-pontyenne de l'imaginaireet la réfl exion de Bachelard; Section IV: La conquête de l'authenticité; 17: Introduction: "authenticité" et profondeurpoétique; 18: L'amour imaginaire : un échec nécessaireet fécond. Défi nition générale de l'imaginairecomme institution
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1975-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Early Childhood Grows Up : Towards a Critical Ecology of the Profession (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400727182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 180p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Early childhood grows up
    RVK:
    CX 6000
    RVK:
    DK 2000
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Kleinkinderziehung ; Vorschulerziehung ; Kleinkinderziehung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vorschulerziehung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Once the Cinderella of the education system, early years education has evolved into a much more substantially funded sector with staff experiencing greater opportunities for higher-level training and education as well as increasing demands. This book reflects practitioner debates about fundamental questions such as whether or not their field of work is a profession at all. Two key arguments are presented. The first is that early years education has matured to the point that pedagogical and regulatory frameworks have been introduced and linked to a terminology of professionalism. This has opene
    Abstract: Once the Cinderella of the education system, early years education has evolved into a much more substantially funded sector with staff experiencing greater opportunities for higher-level training and education as well as increasing demands. This book reflects practitioner debates about fundamental questions such as whether or not their field of work is a profession at all. Two key arguments are presented. The first is that early years education has matured to the point that pedagogical and regulatory frameworks have been introduced and linked to a terminology of professionalism. This has opene
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; About the Authors; List of Acronyms; Part I Professionalism in Local and Cross-National Contexts: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Profession; 1 Early Childhood Grows Up: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Profession; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Our First Argument: Early Childhood Education Has Grown Up; 1.3 Our Second Argument: Towards a Critical Ecology of the Early Childhood Profession; 1.4 The Framework of the Day in the Life Project; 1.4.1 Who Is the Early Years Professional?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.2 Getting Organised: What We Did and How We Did It1.4.3 Choosing Case Study Research; 1.4.4 Working as a Learning Community; 1.4.5 Capturing the Practitioner's Day; 1.4.6 Presenting the Case Studies: Singularities Versus Generalisations; 1.5 Concluding Thoughts; References; 2 Relationships, Reflexivity and Renewal: Professional Practice in Action in an Australian Children's Centre; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Understanding and Defining the Field of Early Childhood in Australia; 2.2.1 Purposes of Early Childhood Provision: Care and/or Education?; 2.2.2 Regulating Quality; 2.2.3 Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 The Case Study Site2.3.1 Overview; 2.3.2 Setting the Scene: Context and Staffing; 2.3.3 Profiling the Practitioner; 2.3.4 The Structure of Josie's Day; 2.3.5 Curriculum and Pedagogical Approaches; 2.3.6 Stepping Up to the Role of the Educator; 2.3.7 Being Professional -- Critical Self-Reflection and Ongoing Professional Learning; 2.4 Relationships, Reflexivity and Renewal; 2.4.1 Professionalism in Context; 2.5 Concluding Comments; References; 3 Leading and Managing in an Early Years Setting in England; 3.1 Recent Developments: An Overview; 3.1.1 Background; 3.1.2 Early Years Provision
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.3 The Early Years Curriculum3.1.4 The Early Years Workforce; 3.2 The Day in the Life Project in England; 3.2.1 The Setting; 3.2.2 The Practitioner: Julie; 3.2.3 Julie's Day; 3.2.4 Narrative Account of Julie's Day; 3.2.4.1 Situation 1: In the Office; 3.2.4.2 Situation 2: Group Story Reading; 3.2.4.3 Situation 3: Meeting with the Pre-school Teacher; 3.2.4.4 Situation 5: Meeting with the Senior Management Team; 3.2.4.5 Situation 9: Meeting with a Parent; 3.2.4.6 Situation 13: Discussion with a Key Worker; 3.2.4.7 Situation 14: Outdoor Play
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.4.8 Situation 15: Meeting with the Financial Director3.3 Discussion; 3.3.1 Managing and Leading; 3.3.2 Acting as a Professional; 3.3.3 Perspectives on Professionalism; 3.4 Summary; References; 4 Acting as a Professional in a Finnish Early Childhood Education Context; 4.1 The Finnish Macro-level Context for Professionalism in Early Childhood Education; 4.1.1 Organisation and Funding of Services; 4.1.2 Professional Development; 4.1.3 Multi-professional Working; 4.1.4 Curriculum Guidelines; 4.1.5 The Micro-level Context of the Practitioner
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.6 What Is Happening During the Typical Day of the Practitioner?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2718-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Practice of Theoretical Curiosity (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721173 , 1283456184 , 9781283456180
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 206p, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CP 5000
    RVK:
    CX 1000
    Keywords: Science History ; Phenomenology ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Phenomenology ; Education Philosophy ; Lernpsychologie ; Neugier
    Abstract: The desire for knowledge is an abiding facet of human experience and cultural development. This work documents curiosity as a sociohistorical force initiating research across the disciplines. Projects generated by theoretical curiosity are presented as historical and material practices emerging as expressions of embodied knowledge and experience. The shifting cultural, philosophical and practical relations between theory and curiosity are situated within classical, medieval, early modern and contemporary communities of practice. The Practice of Theoretical Curiosity advocates for a critical, a
    Abstract: The desire for knowledge is an abiding facet of human experience and cultural development. This work documents curiosity as a sociohistorical force initiating research across the disciplines. Projects generated by theoretical curiosity are presented as historical and material practices emerging as expressions of embodied knowledge and experience. The shifting cultural, philosophical and practical relations between theory and curiosity are situated within classical, medieval, early modern and contemporary communities of practice. The Practice of Theoretical Curiosity advocates for a critical, a
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; A Just Curious Introduction; Contents; 1 First Questions; Curiosity in Classical Inquiry; The Fall of Theory; Attending Medieval Minds; Notes; 2 A Taming of the Passions; Reading Republics; Passions, Affects, and Social Space; Powers of the Curious; The Encyclopedie and the Philosophes; Notes; 3 Pedagogies of Curiosity; On American Utility; Habits of Embodiment; Social Science as Accomplice; Calculating Reason; Critical Interventions; 4 The Sphinx; The Everyday; Striking the Matches; Experiments in the Aleatory; Inaugural Events; Notes; 5 Curiosity and the Question; Embodying Thought
    Description / Table of Contents: EnworldingChiasms; Sense and Sight; A New Materialism; 6 Thinking Life; Genetic Capital; Technics and Culture; Zoographics; Genomic Sovereignty; Notes; 7 Minds, Limits, and Spaces; Figuring Futures; Martian Interlude; Does Technology Think; Limit Forms; Notes; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2117-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Queer Masculinities : A Critical Reader in Education (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400725522 , 1283456443 , 9781283456449
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 315p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DU 6000
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Developmental psychology ; Bildungswesen ; Geschlechtsunterschied ; Diskriminierung
    Abstract: Queer Masculinities: A Critical Reader in Education is a substantial addition to the discussion of queer masculinities, of the interplay between queer masculinities and education, and to the political gender discourse as a whole. Enriching the discourse of masculinity politics, the cross-section of scholarly interrogations of the complexities and contradictions of queer masculinities in education demonstrates that any serious study of masculinity-hegemonic or otherwise-must consider the theoretical and political contributions that the concept of queer masculinity makes to a more comprehensive
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Queer masculinities at the K-12 level -- pt. 2. Queer masculinities at the collegiate level -- pt. 3. Queer masculinities and cultural pedagogies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2552-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    NGOs as Legitimate Partners of Corporations : A Political Conceptualization (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722545
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 180p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 36
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    MF 2900
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Economics ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Economics ; Political science
    Abstract: The interaction between corporations and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) has become an important topic in the debate about corporate social responsibility (CSR). Yet, unlike the vast majority of academic work on this topic, this book explicitly focuses on clarifying the role of NGOs, not of corporations, in this context. Based on the notion of NGOs as political actors it argues that NGOs suffer from a multiple legitimacy deficit: they are representatives of civil society without being elected; the legitimacy of the claims they raise is often controversial; and there are often doubts rega
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Summary; Introduction; The Problem; How Do Corporations Choose Their Partner NGO?; Outline and Methodology; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I Getting to the Core; 1 NGOs as Representatives of Public Claims; Defining NGOs; Support from Stakeholder Theory; The Triple Legitimacy Deficit of NGOs; Addressees of NGO Legitimization; A Remark on the Role of NGOs as Experts; Locating NGOs in the CSR Debate; Instrumental CSR; Political CSR; Part II Actors: Civil Society and NGOs in the Postnational Constellation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Postnational Constellation: A Broad Conception of DemocracyExtending the Sphere of Political Action; The Democratic Roles of Civil Society and NGOs in the Postnational Constellation; Three Contexts for NGOs as Representatives of Public Claims; Interaction with Official Political or Economic Institutions; Semi-institutionalized Contexts (''Hybrid Model''); Interaction Outside Institutionalized Contexts (''Wild Model''); Implications of the Degree of Institutionalization for the Political Conceptualization of NGO Action; On the Use of the Term Partner NGO
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Normative Orientation from Political TheoryLiberalism; Deliberative Democracy; Justifying the Selection of Theories: Why Not Communitarianism and Republicanism?; 4 Civil Society: Coming to Grips with an Elusive Term; Historical Uses of the Term "Civil Society"; Facing the Challenge: Assigning Civil Society a Constitutive Role; The Liberal View: Civil Society as a Residual Category?; The Deliberative View: Identifying the Constitutive Core of Civil Society; 5 Insights from Part II; Part III Institutions and Processes: A Normative Framework for Legitimate Partner NGOs; 6 The Public Sphere
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of the Public SphereLiberal Versus Deliberative Views of the Relation Between the Public Sphere and Civil Society; The Liberal View: Confining the Public Sphere to Constitutional Questions; The Liberal Conceptualization of the Public Sphere in the Postnational Constellation; The Deliberative View: The Public Sphere as a Site for Critical Reflection; The Deliberative Conceptualization of the Public Sphere in the Postnational Constellation; 7 Public Reason; The Importance of "Public Reason" in Light of the "Fact of Reasonable Pluralism"; The Content of Public Reason
    Description / Table of Contents: Implications of Restricting the Content of Public ReasonImplication 1: Divided Selves; Implication 2: Oppression; Implication 3: No Democratic Structures; Criticism of the Liberal Constraints; 8 The Political Process; The Liberal View of the Political Process: Aggregating Preferences and Voting; Is Rawls a Deliberative Democrat?; The Deliberative View of the Political Process: A Non-voting-centric Conception of Democracy; Central Elements of the Deliberative Political Process; Two-Track Model of Deliberative Democracy; Critical Strand of Deliberative Democracy; 9 Legitimacy
    Description / Table of Contents: Liberal Principle of Legitimacy
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2254-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Advances in Nature of Science Research : Concepts and Methodologies (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400724570 , 1283456427 , 9781283456425
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 268p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Advances in nature of science research
    RVK:
    DP 4600
    RVK:
    VB 4052
    RVK:
    UB 4049
    RVK:
    TB 4053
    RVK:
    SM 630
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching ; Science ; Study and teaching ; Science ; Philosophy ; Wissenschaft ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Empirische Forschung ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht
    Abstract: This book consolidates contemporary thinking and research efforts in teaching and learning about the nature of science in science education. The term 'Nature of Science' (NoS) has appeared in the science education literature for many decades. While there is still a controversy among science educators about what constitutes NoS, educators are unanimous in acknowledging the importance of this topic as well as the need to make it explicit in teaching science. The general consensus is that the nature of science is an intricate and multifaceted theme that requires continued scholarship
    Abstract: This book consolidates contemporary thinking and research efforts in teaching and learning about the nature of science in science education. The term 'Nature of Science' (NoS) has appeared in the science education literature for many decades. While there is still a controversy among science educators about what constitutes NoS, educators are unanimous in acknowledging the importance of this topic as well as the need to make it explicit in teaching science. The general consensus is that the nature of science is an intricate and multifaceted theme that requires continued scholarship. Recent anal
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Conceptual issues in the nature of science research -- pt. 2. Methodological advances in the nature of science research.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2457-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Realism-Antirealism Debate in the Age of Alternative Logics (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400719231
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 346p. 59 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 23
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    CC 2500
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Information theory ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Information theory
    Abstract: The relation between logic and knowledge has been at the heart of a lively debate since the 1960s. On the one hand, the epistemic approaches based their formal arguments in the mathematics of Brouwer and intuitionistic logic. Following Michael Dummett, they started to call themselves 'antirealists'. Others persisted with the formal background of the Frege-Tarski tradition, where Cantorian set theory is linked via model theory to classical logic. Jaakko Hintikka tried to unify both traditions by means of what is now known as 'explicit epistemic logic'. Under this view, epistemic contents are in
    Abstract: The relation between logic and knowledge has been at the heart of a lively debate since the 1960s. On the one hand, the epistemic approaches based their formal arguments in the mathematics of Brouwer and intuitionistic logic. Following Michael Dummett, they started to call themselves 'antirealists'. Others persisted with the formal background of the Frege-Tarski tradition, where Cantorian set theory is linked via model theory to classical logic. Jaakko Hintikka tried to unify both traditions by means of what is now known as 'explicit epistemic logic'. Under this view, epistemic contents are in
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; 1 On When a Disjunction Is Informative; Patrick Allo; 1.1 Pluralism About Consequence and Content; 1.2 Situated and Worldly Content; 1.3 Factual and Constraining Content; 1.4 Modelling Content; 1.5 Three Objections Revisited; 1.5.1 Burgess' Objection; 1.5.2 Read's Objection; 1.5.3 Priest's Objection; 1.6 Conclusion: A Realist's Pluralism; References; 2 My Own Truth; Alexandre Billon; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Truth-Teller Is Context-Sensitive; 2.3 The Truth-Teller Is Relative; 2.4 Other Pathologies of Self-Reference
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Liar2.4.2 Other Semantic Pathologies; 2.4.3 Immunity to Revenge Problems; 2.5 Dissolutions, Cassations and Resolutions; References; 3 Which Logic for the Radical Anti-realist?; Denis Bonnay and Mikaël Cozic; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 From Anti-realism to Substructural Logic; 3.2.1 Moderate Anti-realism; 3.2.2 Radical Anti-realism; 3.3 Life Without Structural Rules; 3.4 The Anti-realist Justification of Substructural Logic; 3.4.1 High-Level Revisionism; 3.4.2 Low-Level Revisionism; 3.5 A Way Out for Radical Anti-realism?; 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Moore's Paradox as an Argument Against Anti-realismJon Cogburn; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Moorean Validity and Proof Theoretic Semantics; 4.3 On the Inadvisability of Biting the Bullett; 4.3.1 Antirealists Should Reject Unrestricted Moorean Validity; 4.4 A New Restriction Strategy; 4.4.1 Proof That i's Conclusion Is Inconsistent with Unrestricted Moorean Validity; 4.4.2 The Classicist Also Needs the Proposed Restriction; 4.5 Is Antirealism a Moorean Validity? Reflections on Fitch's Proof and Dummett's Program; 4.5.1 Fitch Style Proof of Fitch's Paradox
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6 Further Reflections on Fitch's Proof4.6.1 A Regimentation of Brogaard and Salerno's Argument Against Tennant; 4.6.2 The Same Argument Without Tennant's Principle; 4.7 Berkeley and Davidson's Use of Moorean Validities; References; 5 The Neutrality of Truth in the Debate Realism vs. Anti-realism; María J. Frápolli; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Truth; 5.3 Realism and Antirealism; 5.4 The Prosentential View; 5.4.1 The Semantic Functions of the Truth Predicate; 5.5 The Syntactic Function of the Truth Predicate; 5.6 The Pragmatic Function of the Truth Predicate
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.7 Epistemology and MetaphysicsReferences; 6 Modalities Without Worlds; Reinhard Kahle; 6.1 Modal Logic; 6.2 Possible Worlds Semantics; 6.3 The Role of Semantics; 6.4 Criticism of Modal Logic; 6.5 An Alternative Analysis of Modalities: Possibility; 6.5.1 Possibility as Independence; 6.5.2 Epistemic Possibility; 6.5.3 The Future; 6.5.4 Ontological Modesty; 6.5.5 A Cross Check; 6.6 An Alternative Analysis of Modalities: Necessity; 6.6.1 Necessity as Binary Relation; 6.6.2 Variety of Alternatives; 6.6.3 Unary Necessity; 6.6.4 The Normative Nature of Unary Necessity
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 The Temporal Aspect
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1923-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of Analytic Philosophy of Medicine (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1125p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 113
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Sadegh-Zadeh, Kazem Handbook of analytic philosophy of medicine
    RVK:
    XC 2601
    RVK:
    CC 7264
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medicine ; Bioinformatics ; Medizin ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik ; Medizin ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Medical practice is practiced morality and clinical research belongs to normative ethics. The present book elucidates and advances this thesis by: analyzing the structure of medical language, knowledge, and theories; inquiring into the foundations of the clinical encounter; introducing the logic and methodology of clinical decision-making; suggesting comprehensive theories of organism, life, and psyche; of health, illness, and disease; of etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, and therapy; and investigating the moral and metaphysical issues central to medical practice and research
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The language of medicine -- pt. 2. Medical praxiology -- pt. 3. Medical epistemology -- pt. 4. Medical deontics -- pt. 5. Medical logic -- pt. 6. Medical metaphysics -- pt. 7. Epilog -- pt. 8. Logical fundamentals.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2260-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Education, Culture and Epistemological Diversity : Mapping a Disputed Terrain (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400720664 , 128345615X , 9781283456159
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 160p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DF 3000
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Education ; Education ; Genetic epistemology ; Education Philosophy ; Erziehungsphilosophie
    Abstract: In the recent educational research literature, it has been asserted that ethnic or cultural groups have their own distinctive epistemologies, and that these have been given short shrift by the dominant social group. Educational research, then, is pursued within a framework that embodies assumptions about knowledge and knowledge production that reflect the interests and historical traditions of this dominant group. In such arguments, however, some relevant philosophical issues remain unresolved, such as what claims about culturally distinctive epistemologies mean, precisely, and how they relate
    Abstract: In the recent educational research literature, it has been asserted that ethnic or cultural groups have their own distinctive epistemologies, and that these have been given short shrift by the dominant social group. Educational research, then, is pursued within a framework that embodies assumptions about knowledge and knowledge production that reflect the interests and historical traditions of this dominant group. In such arguments, however, some relevant philosophical issues remain unresolved, such as what claims about culturally distinctive epistemologies mean, precisely, and how they relate
    Description / Table of Contents: Education, Cultureand Epistemological Diversity; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Ethno-Philosophy and Professional Philosophy; Paradigms - Incommensurable or Translatable?; The Authority of "Epistemology"; References; Chapter 2: A Critical Review of Representative Sources on Multicultural Epistemology; Epistemologists and Educational Researchers in Word and Deed: A Commentary; Conceptions of Representation; Conceptions of Respect; References; Chapter 3: Charting the Reefs: A Map of Multicultural Epistemology; Introduction; Three Preliminary Examples
    Description / Table of Contents: Questions About Knowledge: A Preliminary Mapping(A) Epistemology as a Normative Field of Inquiry; (B) An Epistemology as a Normative Theory of Knowledge; The Special Case of "Standpoint Epistemologies"; (C) An Epistemology as a Descriptive Account of How People Acquire Beliefs; An Example: An Argument from Scheurich and Young; Sociology of Knowledge: The Descriptive Orientation Reigns Supreme; The Idea of "Ways of Knowing"; (D) An Epistemology as a Description of a Set of Beliefs; Using the Map: An Example; Cultures and Knowledge: A Closer Look; Conclusion: A Suggestion About Safe Navigation
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Epistemological Diversity and Education Research: Much Ado About Nothing Much?*; What Is "Epistemological Diversity"?; Beliefs and Belief Systems; Research Methodologies and Methods of Inquiry; Research Questions; Researchers and Their Cultures; Epistemologies and Epistemological Perspectives; Epistemology and Diversity: The Heart of the Matter; Is It Epistemologically Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?
    Description / Table of Contents: Is It Morally Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?Is It Inevitably an Abuse of Power to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?; Is It Pragmatically Suspect to Criticize the Epistemology of a Particular Community of Practice/Approach to Research/Subordinated Group?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Taking Subjectivity into Account*; The Problem; Subjects and Objects; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Epistemology as Trope: Uses and Effects of Claims About "Ways of Knowing"*Introduction; Essentialism and Essentializability; The Trouble with "Knowing"; When "Knowing" and "Knowing" Are Not the Same; The Discourse of "Ways of Knowing" and Its Effects; Epistemological Diversity - Diversity of What?; Tropological Uses; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Epistemological Diversity: A Roundtable; Epilogue 1; Epilogue 2; References; Chapter 8: Second Thoughts; Aesthetic Epistemology?; Plain Old Epistemology, But…; References; About the Authors; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2066-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Three Paths of Justice : Court Proceedings, Arbitration, and Mediation in England (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722941 , 1283456338 , 9781283456333
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 296p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Andrews, Neil, 1959 - The three paths of justice
    RVK:
    PU 4378
    Keywords: Civil law ; Civil Law ; Comparative law ; Law ; Law ; Civil law ; Comparative law ; Großbritannien ; Zivilprozess ; Schiedsrichterliches Verfahren
    Abstract: This book presents a concise account of the English system of civil litigation, covering court proceedings in England and Wales. It is an original and important study of a system which is the historical root of the US litigation system. The volume offers a comprehensive and properly balanced account of the entire range of dispute resolution techniques. As the first book on this subject to be published in the USA, it enables American lawyers to gain an overview of the main institutions of English Civil Procedure, including mediation and arbitration. It will render the English system of civil ju
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The New Procedural Code (`CPR 1998') and the Woolf Reforms; 1.2 Enduring Features of the English Civil Justice System; 1.3 Changes and Challenges Association with the Civil Procedure Rules (1998); 1.4 Six Phases of English Civil Proceedings; 1.5 Concluding Remarks; 2 Principles of Civil Justice; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Article 6(1), European Convention on Human Rights; 2.3 Other Aspects of European Influence on English Civil Procedure; 2.4 UNIDROIT/American Law Institute Project (2000--2006)
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Author's First List of Principles: Principles of Civil Procedure (1994)2.6 Author's Second List of Principles: English Civil Procedure (2003); 2.7 A Fresh Start: Four Fundamental Aims of Civil Justice; Regulating Access to Court and to Justice; Ensuring the Fairness of the Process: A Responsibility Shared by the Court and the Parties; Maintaining a Speedy and Efficient Process; Achieving Just and Effective Outcomes; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; 3 First Instance Proceedings; 3.1 Introduction to Accelerated Relief Concerning the Substance of the Claim; 3.2 Interim Payments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Interim Injunctions3.4 Default Judgments; 3.5 Preliminary Issues; 3.6 Summary Judgment; 3.7 Striking Out Claims or Defences; 3.8 Disclosure; 3.9 Pre-action Protocols; 3.10 Pre-action Judicial Orders for Disclosure; 3.11 Disclosure Against Non-parties; 3.12 Assessment of Pre-action and Non-party Disclosures; 3.13 Disclosure of Documents During the Main Proceedings; 3.14 Privileges in General; 3.15 Legal Advice Privilege; 3.16 Litigation Privilege; 3.17 Experts; 3.18 Roles of the Court and Experts; 3.19 The `Single, Joint Expert' System; 3.20 Court Assessors; 3.21 Party-Appointed Experts
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.22 Selection and Approval of Party-Appointed Experts3.23 Disclosure of Party-Appointed Expert Reports; 3.24 Discussions Between Party-Appointed Experts; 3.25 Factual Witness Immunity; 3.26 Trial; 3.27 Evidence at Trial; 4 Appeals and Finality; 4.1 Appeals; 4.2 Res Judicata: `Cause of Action Estoppel' and `Issue Estoppel'; 4.3 Preclusion of Points That Should Have Been Raised: The Rule in Henderson v. Henderson (1843); 4.4 Other Aspects of Finality; 5 Costs; 5.1 A Time of Change; 5.2 Costs-Shifting Rule; 5.3 Security for Costs
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.1 Factors Relevant to the Exercise of the Discretion to Order Security for Costs5.3.2 Claimant Resident Outside England and Outside the Territories of the European Union or the Lugano Convention; 5.3.3 Security for the Costs of an Appeal; 5.4 Protective Costs Orders and Costs Capping; 5.5 Discretionary Costs Decisions; 5.6 Standard and Indemnity Costs; 5.7 Costs Against Non-parties; 5.8 `Wasted Costs' Orders Against Lawyers and Experts; 5.9 Conditional Fee Agreements; 5.10 Assessment of the English Conditional Fee System; 5.11 Comparison with USA Contingency Fees
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.12 The Jackson Report (2009--10)
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2294-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Integrating History and Philosophy of Science : Problems and Prospects (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400717459
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 263
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Integrating history and philosophy of science
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; History ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; History ; Humanities ; Science ; Philosophy ; Science ; History
    Abstract: Though the publication of Kuhn's Structure of Scientific Revolutions seemed to herald the advent of a unified study of the history and philosophy of science, it is a hard fact that history of science and philosophy of science have increasingly grown apart. Recently, however, there has been a series of workshops on both sides of the Atlantic (called '&HPS') intended to bring historians and philosophers of science together to discuss new integrative approaches. This is therefore an especially appropriate time to explore the problems with and prospects for integrating history and philosophy of sc
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. General reflections -- pt. 2. Case studies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1745-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Active Ageing, Active Learning : Issues and Challenges (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400721111 , 1283456176 , 9781283456173
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 180p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    DW 1800
    Keywords: Geriatrics ; Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Geriatrics ; Adult education ; Altenbildung
    Abstract: This book is concerned with the general issues of ageing, learning and education for the elderly and then with the more specific issues of why, how and what elders want to learn. This monograph consists of 10 chapters written by various internationally renowned researchers and scholar-practitioners in the field
    Abstract: This book is concerned with the general issues of ageing, learning and education for the elderly and then with the more specific issues of why, how and what elders want to learn. This monograph consists of 10 chapters written by various internationally renowned researchers and scholar-practitioners in the field
    Description / Table of Contents: Active Ageing, ActiveLearning; Series Editors' Introduction; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Reference; Part I:Ageing Issues and Provisions for Learning; Chapter 2: Lifelong Learning, Welfare and Mental Well-being into Older Age: Trends and Policies in Europe; Introduction; The Later Life Course in Context; Well-being and Learning in Later Life; Learning Among Older Adults; References; Chapter 3: Issues in Learning and Education for the Ageing*; Introduction; Issues in Learning and Ageing; Effects of Learning in Ageing; Ageing and Cognitive Processes
    Description / Table of Contents: Older People Can and Do LearnWhy Do Older Adults Want to Learn?; How Do Older People Want to Learn?; Some Opportunities for Learning and Education; Learning and Technology; What Do Older People Want to Learn?; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Successful Ageing and International Approaches to Later-Life Learning; Introduction; Successful Ageing; Low Risk of Disease and Disease-Related Disability; High Mental and Physical Function; Mental Function; Maintaining High Physical Function; Active Engagement with Life; Maintaining Social Networks; Doing Interesting Things
    Description / Table of Contents: Successful Ageing and Later-Life LearningSome Later-Life Learning Organizations and Successful Ageing; Older People and Novel Communications Technologies; International Cooperation and the Internet; U3A Online; U3A Online and Constituency Research; World U3A; Timewitnesses; Conclusion; Appendix: Some Major Later-Life Learning Initiatives; University of the Third Age (U3A); Two Universities of the Third Age Models (Adapted from Swindell and Thompson 1995); The French Model; The British Self-Help Model; IAUTA; Australia and New Zealand; China; Hong Kong; India; Japan; Nepal; North America
    Description / Table of Contents: Lifelong Learning Institutes (LLIs)Elderhostel; Osher Lifelong Learning Institutes (OLLIs); Republic of South Africa; SACE-U3A Singapore; United Kingdom; U3A in Brief in Some Other Countries; References; Part II:Research Methods on Ageing Issues; Chapter 5: Using Narrative Inquiry and Analysis of Life Stories to Advance Elder Learning; Introduction; Defining Narrative, Narrative Inquiry, and Narrative Analysis; Learning in a Networked Context; Context; Community; Cognitive Reflection; Somatic Reflection; Time; Narrative Learning Model; Narrative Field; Storying and Restorying Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: Differentiating Critical Reflection and Narrative RefractionCreating an Ecology of Learning; Human Learning; Responding to Elder Learning Needs; Foster Lifelong Human Learning and Longevity with Capacity; Act with Greater Intentionality; Support Healthy Living Throughout Life; Reassess Social Economics; Promote Intergenerational Interaction and Learning; Conduct Public Dialogues; Future Challenges; Changing Stagnant Attitudes and Values; Asking Questions, Acting on Findings; References; Chapter 6: Toward Critical Narrativity: Stories of Ageing in Contemporary Social Policy*; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Policy as Narrative
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2111-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Ethics of Screening in Health Care and Medicine : Serving Society or Serving the Patient? (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400720459
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 175p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 51
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Juth, Niklas, 1973 - The ethics of screening in health care and medicine
    RVK:
    XC 2800
    Keywords: Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medical ethics ; Ethics, Medical ; Mass Screening ethics ; Reihenuntersuchung ; Medizinische Ethik ; Reihenuntersuchung ; Ethik
    Abstract: "Medical or health-oriented screening programs are amongst the most debated aspects of health care and public health practices in health care and public health ethics, as well as health policy discussions. In spite of this, most treatments of screening in the research literature restrict themselves to isolated scientific aspects, sometimes complemented by economic analyses or loose speculations regarding policy aspects. At the same time, recent advances in medical genetics and technology, as well as a rapidly growing societal focus on public health concerns, inspires an increase in suggested or recently started screening programs. This book involves an in-depth analysis of the ethical, political and philosophical issues related to health-oriented screening programs. It explores the considerations that arise when heath care interacts with other societal institutions on a large scale, as is the case with screening: What values may be promoted or compromised by screening programs? What conflicts of values do typically arise - both internally and in relation to the goals of health care, on the one hand, and the goals of public health and the general society, on the other? What aspects of screening are relevant for determining whether it should be undertaken or not and how it should be organised in order to remain defensible? What implications does the ethics of screening have for health care ethics as a whole? These questions are addressed by applying philosophical methods of conceptual analysis, as well as models and theories from moral and political philosophy, medical ethics, and public health ethics, to a large number of ongoing and proposed screening programs which makes this book the first comprehensive work on the ethics of screening. Analyses and suggestions are made that are of potential interest to health care staff, medical researchers, policy makers and the general public"--Provided by publisher
    Abstract: Medical or health-oriented screening programs are amongst the most debated aspects of health care and public health practices in health care and public health ethics, as well as health policy discussions. In spite of this, most treatments of screening in the research literature restrict themselves to isolated scientific aspects, sometimes complemented by economic analyses or loose speculations regarding policy aspects. At the same time, recent advances in medical genetics and technology, as well as a rapidly growing societal focus on public health concerns, inspires an increase in suggested or
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Wilson and Jungner Criteria; 1.2 Plan and Point of the Book; 1.3 The Concept of Screening; 2 Why Screening?; 2.1 Screening, Treatment and Prevention: Preliminary Remarks; 2.2 Health: Life and Well-Being; 2.2.1 Health and Counselling; 2.2.2 The Good of People and of the Population; 2.3 Autonomy; 2.3.1 Respecting and Promoting Autonomy; 2.3.2 Promoting and Respecting Autonomy Through Screening; 2.4 Justice; 2.5 Summary; 3 Screening -- What, When and Whom?; 3.1 Diseases and Groups; 3.1.1 Prenatal Screening; 3.1.2 Neonatal Screening
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.2.1 Reasons for Screening in the Neonatal Period3.1.2.2 Neonatal Screening and Parental Informed Consent; 3.1.2.3 Expanding Neonatal Screening -- How Far?; 3.1.3 Child and Adolescent Screening; 3.1.3.1 Stigmatisation; 3.1.3.2 The Child as Decision Maker; 3.1.4 Adult Screening; 3.2 Investigation, Testing and Analysis; 3.2.1 Safety; 3.2.2 Validity; 3.2.3 Predictive Value; 3.3 Treatments; 3.3.1 Abortion as a Treatment; 3.3.2 Counselling as a Treatment; 3.4 Summary; 4 Screening How?; 4.1 Informed Consent; 4.2 Counselling; 4.2.1 Genetic Counselling as a Template
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 Expansion: Shared Decision Making4.3 Funding and Participation; 4.4 Summary; 5 Case Studies; 5.1 Non-invasive Prenatal Diagnosis; 5.2 Neonatal Screening for Fragile X; 5.3 Mammography Screening; 5.4 PSA Screening for Prostate Cancer; 6 Serving Society or Serving the Patient?; 6.1 Summary of the Analysis so Far; 6.2 The Public Health -- Health Care Tension Area; 6.3 The Relevance of a Social Science Perspective; 6.4 An Institutional Approach to Health-Related Ethics: A Sketch; 6.5 Applying the Institutional Approach: Three Cases
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.5.1 Institutions, Functions and Ethics: Prenatal Care vs. Communicable Disease6.5.2 Direct to Consumer Genetic Testing: The Limits of Context Relativity; 6.5.3 Screening and Justice: When to Spend Health Care Resources on Screening; 6.6 Revisiting the Wilson and Jungner Criteria for Screening; 6.7 Closing; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2045-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Work and Education in America : The Art of Integration (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400722729 , 128345632X , 9781283456326
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 269p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Work and education in America
    RVK:
    DL 2002
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Vocational education ; United States ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Berufsbildung ; USA ; Berufsbildung
    Abstract: This, the first comprehensive academic volume on vocational education and training (VET) or career and technical education in the United States, features insights into a variety of issues in this field of research. The international reader will find an up-to-date synthesis as well as a critical analysis of the relevant history, philosophy, governance, legislation and organizational structures. The coverage is structured according to the benchmarks applied to, as well as the theoretical discussions around, VET. The topics covered all have a strong contemporary relevance and include education ve
    Abstract: This, the first comprehensive academic volume on vocational education and training (VET) or career and technical education in the United States, features insights into a variety of issues in this field of research. The international reader will find an up-to-date synthesis as well as a critical analysis of the relevant history, philosophy, governance, legislation and organizational structures. The coverage is structured according to the benchmarks applied to, as well as the theoretical discussions around, VET. The topics covered all have a strong contemporary relevance and include education ve
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; About the Authors; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Dilemmas of Design: Education Versus Qualification in the US Vocational System; 2.1 The Empirical Context: The Place of Vocational Education in the United States---"Wanted: Qualification"; 2.2 Recent and Current Efforts at Reform: The Many Roles of Vocational Education; 2.3 The Political-Cultural Context: Efforts to Modernize Struggling Amidst Institutional Weakness; 2.4 Outlook: Crisis and Potential System Redesign; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Multitiered CTE/VET System in the United States---From High School to Two-Year Colleges3.1 Funding and Financing Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.2 Vocational/Career and Technical Education Within the US Educational System; 3.2.1 Secondary Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.2.2 Postsecondary Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.3 Program Areas Within Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.3.1 Agricultural Education; 3.3.2 Business Education; 3.3.3 Family and Consumer Sciences Education (Formerly Home Economics Education)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 Health Occupations Education3.3.5 Marketing Education; 3.3.6 Trade and Industrial Education; 3.3.7 Technology Education; 3.4 Curricular Approaches Within Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.4.1 Career Clusters and Career Academies; 3.4.2 Tech Prep; 3.4.3 High Schools That Work; 3.4.4 Project Lead the Way; 3.5 Leadership Components of Vocational/Career and Technical Education; 3.5.1 Vocational/Career and Technical Student Organizations; 3.5.2 Advisory Committees; 3.6 Overall Effectiveness; 3.7 Conclusion; References; 4 The American Community College; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 History and Background4.3 Social Role; 4.4 Students; 4.5 Student Services; 4.6 Programs; 4.7 Organization and Leadership; 4.8 Finances; 4.9 Faculty; 4.10 Toward the Future; 4.11 Conclusion; References; 5 Governing VET in the United States: Localization Versus Centralization; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Local, State, and Federal Roles; 5.2.1 Regular Public Education; 5.2.2 State and Local Roles in Vocational Education; 5.2.2.1 State Role in VET; 5.2.2.2 Local Programs; 5.2.3 Federal Role in Vocational Education; 5.3 Federal Efforts to Implement Reforms; 5.3.1 The Context of VET Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.2 Academic and Vocational Education5.3.3 Secondary and Postsecondary Education; 5.3.4 Curricula, Standards, and Certification; 5.3.5 The School-to-Work Transition; 5.4 Conclusion; References; 6 The Education Gospel and Vocationalism in US Higher Education: Triumphs, Tribulations, and Cautions for Other Countries; 6.1 Introduction: The Education Gospel and International Borrowing; 6.2 From Moral to Occupational Purposes: Vocationalizing the University; 6.2.1 The Rise of the Professions; 6.2.2 The Great Transformation of US Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 The Dilemmas of the Professionalized University
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2272-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Current Issues in Bilingualism : Cognitive and Socio-linguistic Perspectives (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400723276
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 5
    DDC: 306.072
    RVK:
    ES 132
    Keywords: Education ; Psycholinguistics ; Sociolinguistics
    Abstract: As populations become more mobile, so interest grows in bi- and multilingualism, particularly in the context of education. This volume focuses on the singular situation in Israel, whose complex multiculturalism has Hebrew and Arabic as official languages, English as an academic and political language, and tongues such as Russian and Amharic spoken by immigrants. Presenting research on bi- and trilingualism in Israel from a multitude of perspectives, the book focuses on four aspects of multilingualism and literacy in Israel: Arabic-Hebrew bilingual education and Arabic literacy development; sec
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-2327-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International Handbook of Migration, Minorities and Education : Understanding Cultural and Social Differences in Processes of Learning (2012)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400714663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 753p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. International handbook of migration, minorities and education
    RVK:
    DO 9000
    Keywords: Regional planning ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Minorities ; Education ; Immigrants ; Education ; Educational sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Regionalplanung ; Migration ; Erziehung ; Minderheit ; Regionalplanung ; Migration ; Erziehung ; Minderheit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Migrants and minorities are always at risk of being caught in essentialized cultural definitions and being denied the right to express their cultural preferences because they are perceived as threats to social cohesion. Migrants and minorities respond to these difficulties in multiple ways - as active agents in the pedagogical, political, social, and scientific processes that position them in this or that cultural sphere. On the one hand, they reject ascribed cultural attributes while striving towards integration in a variety of social spheres, e.g. school and workplace, in order to achieve so
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter-1; General Introduction; References; Part I Culture, Difference and Learning; Chapter-2; Movements and Migratory Processes: Roles and Responsibilities of Education and Learning; Contexts of Migration and of Culture; Contexts of Education and of Learning; Content of This Section; References; Chapter-3; Understanding Cultural Differences as Social Limits to Learning: Migration Theory, Culture and Young Migrants; Conclusion; References; Chapter-4; Beyond Limits and Limitations: Reflections on Learning Processes in Contexts of Migration and Young People; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Limits to Learning and AmbivalenceIdentity and Abstract Equalizing: Morality of Solidarity; Mergner and Education; University Education: Key Issues; Social Limits to Learning, Ambivalence and University Education; Identity, Abstract Equalizing, Morality of Solidarity and University Education; Migration, Learning, Ambivalence and Solidarity; References; Chapter-5; The Concept of Ethnicity and its Relevancefor Biographical Learning; Introduction; On the History of the Concept; Participation Through Contract, Exclusion Through Belonging: The Example of Kant; Ethnicity and Gender
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnicity as Biographical PositioningSome Conclusions; References; Chapter-6; The Different Grammar of Integration; Social Self-understanding as Opposed to Integration!; References; Chapter 7; Introduction; New Swiss Policies on Foreigners; Integration as Education; The Birth of Coexistence; The Will to Unity; Integration as a Hegemonic Project; Community and Citizenship; Education, Population, Security: Towards an "Integration Society"; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8; Opportunities of Managing Diversity in Local Educational Programs; Theoretical Views on Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: Diversity in the Field of Social SciencesThree Perspectives on Diversity; Reflectivity as a Key Qualification for Educational Programs; The Significance of Cultural Capital for Managing Diversity; Diversity in the Field of Cultural Studies; The Social Contribution of Culture; The Concept of Shifting Identities; Conflicting Scenarios on Cultural Difference; Political Background and Sociopolitical Challenges of Diverse Societies; Objectives for a Diversity-Based Local Educational Program; Conclusion; References; Chapter-10; Opening a Gate to Citizenship: Media for Migrants; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Conceptual FrameworkIsrael: Language, Ideologies, Immigration; Media in Simplified Language; Hanukkah: A Heroic Feast; Research Methodology; Hanukkah for Beginners: Findings; References; Chapter-11; Living in Different Worlds and Learning All About It: Migration Narratives in Perspective; Introduction; Methodology; Ali Garare; Qassim; Learning to Belong; Learning to Learn from Life: The Purpose of Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter-12; Early Childhood Education in Multilingual Settings; Introduction; Monocultural and Monolingual Traditions in Education Systems, Practice, and Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Bilingualism and Its Implications for Language Education
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1466-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Clinical Ethics and the Necessity of Stories : Essays in Honor of Richard M. Zaner (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048191901
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 212p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 997
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Clinical ethics and the necessity of stories
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This collection of articles honors the work of Richard Zaner, a distinguished philosopher who has worked for over twenty years as an ethics consultant at Vanderbilt University Medical Center. His work in the clinical setting, especially the use of narrative in understanding what is going on in this setting, is the focus of some of the papers. Others relate his methodology and phenomenological approach to the more standard bioethical problems and approaches. The essential questions: What is the role of the phenomenological philosopher turned medical ethicist? Is medical ethics a form of applied philosophy, or is it also a form of therapy? What kind of “ethics” emerges from a careful narrative rendering of clinical situations?
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction; 1 Professional Career; 2 Zaners Books; 3 The Contributions to this Volume; References; 2 Keeping Balance in the Face of Death; Notes; 3 Richard Zaner on Transcendentality, Eidos and Phantasy; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcendentality in The Context of Self; 2.1 The Two Tasks Mandated by the Idea of Transcendental Necessity; 2.2 Foundedness; 2.3 Eidetic Inquiry: Free Phantasy Variation and Essences; 2.3.1 Initial Comments on Free Phantasy Variation; 2.3.2 Free Optionalness; 2.3.3 Formal and Material Universals
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Reflections on Free Phantasy Variation and Its Usefulness2.5 Some Intermediate Conclusions; 3 The Legitimating of Epistemic Claims; 4 Transcendentality in The Way of Phenomenology; 4.1 The Multi-leveled Self; 4.2 The Knowing Self or the Self that Knows Self; 4.3 The First Epistemic Privilege of the Transcendental Attitude; 4.4 The Second Epistemic Privilege of the Transcendental Attitude; 4.5 Coherence of the Field of Reflection; 5 Conclusion; References; 4 The Limits of Biomedical Ethics and the Specific Role of Phenomenology in Biomedical Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Limits of the Project of Biomedical Ethics as a Philosophical Project2 Phenomenological Approaches to Biomedical Ethics; Notes; References; 5 Richard Zaner and Standard Medical Ethics; 1 Resolution in Clinical Ethics; 2 Justification by Principles in Medical Ethics; 3 Specified Principles in a Pluralistic Society; 4 Moral Acquaintances as a Solution to this Problem; 5 The Extent of Moral Acquaintanceships; 6 Zaners Insights as a Solution; 7 Conclusion; Notes; References; 6 Bioethics Without Analogy; 1 Analogy at Its Asymptote; 2 Analogy in Service
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Dispositive Analogy in American Bioethics3.1 The End-of-Life Fights; 3.2 Reproductive Wrongs; 3.3 Role Revisions; 3.4 Role Denials; 3.5 Entrainment of Bioethical Reasoning; 4 Theories and Fiction; 5 Encountering the Encounter; Notes; References; 7 Phenomenological Nursing in Schutzian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Schutzian Perspective in General; 3 Two Examples of Phenomenological Nursing; Notes; References; 8 Zaners Generative Spirit; 1 Generative Interpretation; 2 Caring Presence; 2.1 Vivid Presence; 2.2 Co-presence; 2.3 Availability and Empowerment; 3 Use of Concrete Examples
    Description / Table of Contents: References9 Integrity and the Moral Gestalt: Zaner Tells his Mothers Story; 1 Integrity; 2 Phenomenological Method in Clinical Ethics; 3 Telling Stories of His Mothers Death; 4 Themes in the Narratives; 5 Richard Zaners Legacy; References; 10 Between and Beyond: Medicine and Narrative in Dick Zaners Phenomenology; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Way of Phenomenology; 1.2 The Context of Self; 2 Hans Jonas and the Phenomenon of Life; 3 Aron Gurwitsch and the Theory of Contextures; 3.1 Paul Ricoeur's Philosophy of Hermeneutics; 3.1.1 Free-Phantasy Variation; 3.1.2 Conversations on the Edge; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , 1. Introduction , 2. Keeping balance in the face of death , 3. Richard Zaner on transcendentality, eidos and phantasy , 4. The limits of biomedical ethics and the specific role of phenomenology in biomedical ethics , 5. Richard Zaner and "standard" medical ethics , 6. Bioethics without analogy , 7. Phenomenological nursing in schutzian perspective , 8. Zaner's generative spirit , 9. Integrity and the moral Gestalt : Zaner tells his mother's story , 10. Between and beyond : medicine and narrative in Dick Zaner's phenomenology , 11. Fardels of the heart : obesity and the unbearable heaviness of being , 12. The philosopher as ethicist, the ethicist as storyteller , 13. The ecstatic witness , 14. A story tell'ers story : Richard Zaner as hero (HĒ row) ; 15. On the telling of stories
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9190-1
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Biobanks and Tissue Research : The Public, the Patient and the Regulation (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400716735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 238p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Biobanks and tissue research
    Keywords: Transplantation of organs, tissues, etc ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Cytology ; Transplantation of organs, tissu ; Medicine ; Transplantation of organs, tissues, etc ; Cytology
    Abstract: Biobanks, tissue research and the public -- Public trust and public bodies: The regulation of the use of human tissue for research in the United Kingdom, Julie Kent, Ruud ter Meulen -- Biobanks and research: scientific promise and regulatory challenge, Bernice S. Elger, Nikola Biller-Andorno.- A sense of entitlement: individual vs. public interest in human tissue, Nils Hoppe -- Social aspects of biobanking: Beyond the public/private distinction and inside the relationship between the body and identity Federico Neresini -- The Rights of donors and patients -- One sample, one share! A proposal to redress an inequity with equity , Jasper A. Bovenberg -- Research on human biological materials: What consent is needed, and when. Eugenijus Gefenas, Vilius Dranseika, Asta Cekanauskaite, Jurate Jurate Serepkaite -- Reconsidering consent and biobanking, Emma Bullock, Heather Widdows -- What’s wrong with forensic uses of biobanks?, Claudio Tamburrini Regulation of tissue research -- A unified European approach on tissue research and biobanking? A comparison, Katharina Beier, Christian Lenk -- Ireland and the United Kingdom’s approaches to regulation of research involving human tissue, Elizabeth Yuko, Adam McAuley, Bert Gordijn -- Legal and ethical aspects of biobanks for research in the European-Mediterranean area, Renzo Pegoraro, Allesandra Bernardi, Fabrizio Turoldo -- The circulation of human body parts and products: when exclusive property rights mask the issue of access, Florence Bellivier, Christine Noiville -- The question of anonymity and privacy in biobanking, Judit Sándor, Petra Bárd
    Abstract: The research field of biobanks and tissue research is highly promising. Many projects around the globe are involved in the collection of human tissue and health data for research purposes. These initiatives are driven by the perspective of decisive breakthroughs in the knowledge of the genetic pathways involved in widespread diseases. However, there are considerable ethical and legal challenges to be considered as well. These challenges encompass the use of body material for research purposes, the misuse of genetic and other health data by third parties, trust in science and medicine, concerns regarding privacy, use of genetic data for forensic applications by the state and the police, and regulatory issues. This volume is divided into three parts: the inclusion of the public, the rights of donors and patients, examples and recommendations for the future of tissue research. It presents a comprehensive overview of the most important topics in the field by renowned scholars in medical ethics and biolaw.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Biobanks, tissue research and the public -- pt. 2. The rights of donors and patients -- pt. 3. Regulation of tissue research.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1673-5
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Surgical Education : Theorising an Emerging Domain (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400716827
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 256p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Advances in Medical Education 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Surgical education
    Keywords: Education ; Surgery ; Medical Education ; Education ; Surgery ; Medical Education
    Abstract: 1. The environment of surgical education and training: Roger Kneebone and Heather Fry.- 2. Educational ideas and surgical education: Heather Fry.- 3. Simulation: Roger Kneebone -- 4. Researching surgical education: Heather Fry, Nick Sevdalis, Roger Kneebone.- Part 2.- 5. Conceptualising surgical education assessment: Lambert W.T. Schuwirth and Cees P.M. van der Vleuten -- 6. The scalpel and the ‘mask’: threshold concepts and surgical education: Ray Land and Jan H.F. Meyer.- 7. The surgeon’s expertise: K Anders Ericsson.- 8. Current and future simulation and learning technologies: Fernando Bello and Harry Brenton.- 9. The role of patients: Debra Nestel and Linda Bentley -- 10. Self-monitoring in surgical practice: slowing down when you should: Carol- Anne Moulton and Ron Epstein -- 11. Learning and identity in the professional world of the surgeon: Alan Bleakley.- 12. Beyond ‘communication skills’: research in team communication and implications for surgical education: Lorelei Lingard.- 13. Surgical education: perspectives on learning, teaching and research: Gunther Kress.- Afterword: Roger Kneebone and Heather Fry
    Abstract: This book delineates surgical education as a new and emerging field of academic enquiry. Surgical (as opposed to medical) education is emerging as a distinct field with its own identity. Surgeons have started to professionalise their educational role, and draw professional, non-surgeon educators into the field. Surgery is a near unique environment of learning and practice. The defining characteristic of ‘surgical’ specialties is the performance of invasive procedures, (alongside the myriad of diagnostic and other elements which are shared with other clinicians). This craft component is central to the surgeon’s role, as is teamworking. Yet the unique characteristics of this field have been little addressed from an educational perspective, nor have its possibilities as a new research domain been mapped. This book thus seeks to explore surgical education from a number of dimensions, and draw attention to theorising it and establishing its epistemological foundations.At the same time it points to the essential links between theory and practice. Surgical education is important and the initiative timely; the two main co-authors use their combined perspectives and expertise to map the domain’s co-ordinates. Complementing this strong sense of direction are invited chapters from carefully selected contributors, each an outstanding expert in his or her field. This book is aimed at surgeons, other clinicians, non-clinicians, educators, and others interested in this new domain
    Description / Table of Contents: Surgical Education; Contents; Part I; Chapter 1: The Environment of Surgical Training and Education; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Focus; 1.1.2 Organization and Perspective; 1.2 Why Surgical Education; 1.2.1 What is Surgical Education?; 1.2.2 What makes Surgery Special?; 1.3 A Historical Overview of Medical and Surgical Training in the UK; 1.3.1 The Evolution of Surgical Training; 1.3.2 Changes Within the Profession; 1.3.3 Wider Changes; 1.3.4 Current Drivers; 1.4 Researching and Using Theory to Extend Knowledge and Innovation in Surgical Education; 1.5 About this Book: Rationale and Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 2: Educational Ideas and Surgical Education; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Changing Educational Imperatives and Preferences; 2.3 Learning Theory and Surgical Education; 2.3.1 Constructivism; 2.3.2 Approaches to Learning; 2.3.3 Clinical Reasoning and Decision Making; 2.3.4 Social Theories of Learning; 2.3.5 Activity Theory, Work-Based Learning, Situated Learning, and Communities of Practice; 2.3.6 Experiential Learning, Reflective Practice, and Feedback; 2.4 Curriculum Design and Learning Outcomes; 2.5 The Role of Assessment and Psychometrics in Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.6 A Case Study: Problem-Based Learning as an Example of Using Educational Theory to Drive Educational Change2.7 Implications of Educational Ideas for Surgical Training; References; Chapter 3: Simulation; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Simulation as a Mirror for Clinical Care; 3.1.2 Drivers for Simulation; 3.2 What is Simulation About?; 3.3 Conceptualising Simulation; 3.4 Authenticity, Expertise, and Dexterity; 3.4.1 Risk and Safety; 3.5 New Directions for Simulation; 3.5.1 Placing the Patient at the Centre; 3.5.2 Heightening Realism for Surgeons; 3.5.3 Creating an Effective Simulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.4 Widening Access to Simulation Centre Facilities3.5.5 Rehearsal; 3.6 Where Next?; 3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Researching Surgical Education; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Quantitative and Qualitative Educational Research Paradigms Compared and Contrasted; 4.3 Quantitative Surgical Education Research; 4.3.1 Research Questions and Hypotheses; 4.3.2 Research Methods; 4.3.3 Quantitative Approaches to Data Analysis; 4.4 Qualitative Surgical Education Research; 4.4.1 Key Approaches in Qualitative Research; 4.4.2 Design and Methods; 4.4.3 Analysis; 4.4.4 Writing Up
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Case Studies of Educational Research4.5.1 Case Study 1: The Qualitative Paradigm; 4.5.2 Case Study 2: The Qualitative Paradigm; 4.5.3 Case Study 3: The Quantitative Paradigm; 4.5.4 Case Study 4: Using Mixed Methods; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Part II; Chapter 5: Conceptualising Surgical Education Assessment; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Purposes of Assessment; 5.3 General Issues Concerning Assessment; 5.3.1 Reliability; 5.3.2 Validity; 5.3.3 Educational Impact; 5.4 Developments in Practice-Based Assessment; 5.4.1 Careful Sampling is Essential
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.2 Sampling Through Various Error Sources Is Needed
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1682-7
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Philosophy and Practice of Medicine and Bioethics : A Naturalistic-Humanistic Approach (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048188673
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 543p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 47
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Maier, Barbara, 1957 - The philosophy and practice of medicine and bioethics
    RVK:
    PJ 2220
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Medical ethics ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Medicine ; Practice ; Medical ethics ; Bioethics ; Medizin ; Methode ; Philosophie ; Medizinische Ethik ; Bioethik
    Abstract: Rationale of the book -- About the Authors -- 1. Metaphor in Medicine. The Metaphorical Method -- 2. Definition -- 3. Decision Making: fallacies and other mistakes -- 4. Analysis of Causation in Medicine -- 5. Ethics and Non-Ethics -- 6. Medicotheology and Biotheology -- 7. Emotion in Medicine -- 8. Enlightened Versus Normative Management. Ethics Versus Morals. -- 9. Care: A Critique of the Ethics and Emotion of Care -- 10. Egoism and Altruism in Medicine -- 11. Letting Die -- 12. A Critique of Autonomy and Patient Responsibility -- 13. Philosophy and Ethics of the Body -- 14. Organ Donation: Mandatory Organ Donation Declaration -- 15. Stem Cell Research: A Question of Beliefs? -- 16. Philosophy of Prevention -- 17. Ethics Counseling: Philosophy of Medicine Counseling Instead of Medical Ethics Counseling -- 18. Medical Language: The Ordinary Language Approach -- 19. A Critique of Evidence-Based Medicine. Evidence Based Medicine and Philosophy Based Medicine -- 20. Lying in Medicine -- 21. Rhetoric of Death and Dying -- Index
    Abstract: This book explores currently unchallenged methods in medicine, such as “evidence-based medicine”, from the perspectives of humanism and philosophy of medicine. The book discusses issues of medical treatment and moral approaches and indicates the strongest arguments. These arguments are subsequently subjected to critical analysis. The book includes new ways of thinking and explains, uses and exemplifies the “metaphorical method”. The book argues that decision-making in medicine is inadequate unless grounded on a philosophy of medicine. As part of its argumentation, the book explores the insights offered by practical and humanistic philosophy and by creative and critical thinkers who are working on topics relevant to medicine. From this, a new and necessary definition of philosophy of life emerges: a good lifestyle no longer simply means getting physical exercise and abstaining from cigarettes and alcohol; it also means living a holistic life including all of one’s thinking, personality and actions
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8867-3
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Models of the History of Philosophy : Volume II: From Cartesian Age to Brucker (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048195077
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 610p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas / Archives internationales d'histoire des idées
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Models of the history of philosophy ; vol. 2: From the Cartesian age to Brucker
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern
    Abstract: Published in English for the first time, this is the updated version of Dall'età cartesiana a Brucker, the second part of the monumental multi-volume Storia delle storie generali della filosofia. The translation of the first volume, edited by C.W.T. Blackwell and Ph. Weller and published by Kluwer in 1993, covered the development of philosophical historiography from its origins in the Renaissance to the birth of the general history of philosophy as a genre in its own right. The present volume guides the reader from the historiographical effects of the Cartesian rejection of 'philosophical past' up to the establishment of a 'critical' or 'philosophical' history of philosophy. In the space of one hundred years, from the mid-17th to the mid-18th century, a momentous theoretical and methodological shift occurred, marking the transition from an 'erudite' historiography to new 'systematic' styles embodied by authors like Bayle, Boureau-Deslandes, Brucker, Heumann. The numerous works on the history of philosophy published during this century vastly contributed to the culture of the Enlightenment, creating a representation of the past distinctive to this crucial period of European intellectual history. The volume offers a detailed examination of 36 works, either general histories of philosophy, or texts - such as Bayle's Dictionnaire - which have strongly influenced the development of the genre, and is valuable for intellectual history, philosophy and the history of philosophy, the history of literature and the history of religion. It can be used both for undergraduate courses (for specific reading assignments) and as background material for graduate courses. The bibliography provides important aids to many topics which were previously difficult to access.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9507-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Brazilian Studies in Philosophy and History of Science : An account of recent works (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048194223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 352p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 290
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Brazilian studies in philosophy and history of science
    RVK:
    CC 3200
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy and science ; Brazil ; Science ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This volume, The Brazilian Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science, is the first attempt to present to a general audience, works from Brazil on this subject. The included papers are original, covering a remarkable number of relevant topics of philosophy of science, logic and on the history of science. The Brazilian community has increased in the last years in quantity and in quality of the works, most of them being published in respectable international journals on the subject. The chapters of this volume are forwarded by a general introduction, which aims to sketch not only the contents of the chapters, but it is conceived as a historical and conceptual guide to the development of the field in Brazil. The introduction intends to be useful to the reader, and not only to the specialist, helping them to evaluate the increase in production of this country within the international context.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction; 2 Galileo and Modern Science; 3 Newton and Inverse Problems; 4 Isaac Newton, Robert Hooke and the Mystery of the Orbit; 5 Sciences in Brazil: An Overview from 18701920; 6 Henri Becquerel and Radioactivity: A Critical Revision; 7 Regeneration as a Difficulty for the Theory of Natural Selection: Morganx2019; s Changing Attitudes, 1897x2013; 1932; 8 Jean Antoine Nollet's Contributions to the Institutionalization of Physics During the 18th Century; 9 Natural Kinds as Scientific Models; 10 On the Nature of Mathematical Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 11 The Etiological Approach to the Concept of Biological Function12 Human Evolution: Compatibilist Approaches; 13 Functional Explanations in Biology, Ecology, and Earth System Science: Contributions from Philosophy of Biology; References; 14 On Darwin, Knowledge and Mirroring; 15 Freudian Psychoanalysis as a Model for Overcoming theINTtie; Duality Between Natural and Human Sciences; 16 The Causal Strength of Scientific Advances; 17 Contextualizing the Contexts of Discovery and Justification: How to do Science Studies in Brazil
    Description / Table of Contents: 18 Echoes from the Past: The Persisting Shadow of Classical Determinism in Contemporary Health Sciences19 The Metaphysics of Non-individuality; 20 Einstein, Gdel, and the Mathematics of Time; 21 A Contemporary View of Population Genetics in Evolution; 22 Continuity and Change: Charting David Bohms Evolving Ideas on Quantum Mechanics; 23 Quasi-truth and Quantum Mechanics; 24 The Qualitative Analysis of Differential EquationsINTbreak; and the Development of Dynamical Systems Theory; 25 The Problem of Adequacy of Mathematics to Physics: The Relativity Theory Case; Name Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9422-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Developing Learning Professionals : Integrating Experiences in University and Practice Settings (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048139378 , 1283085615 , 9781283085618
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 220p, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: In higher education institutions across the globe, there is a growing interest in integrating classroom learning with experience in practice settings. This interest is the result of an increased emphasis on courses that prepare students for specific occupations in the hopes that upon graduation students will be job-ready. Developing Learning Professionals: Integrating Experiences in University and Practice Settings explores how the integration of student experiences across university and practice settings might best be used to produce college graduates who are adept, critical practitioners. To do so, it draws on the findings of a series of projects in Australia that investigated diverse aspects of work-related learning. Through these projects, a range of scholars and researchers consider different aspects of this educational initiative within the same national higher education context. They address pedagogic and curriculum practices, institutional arrangements and partnerships of varying kinds, and a consolidated set of perspectives.
    Description / Table of Contents: Series Editors Foreword; Preface; Series Introduction; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; 1 Promoting Professional Learning: Integrating Experiences in University and Practice Settings; 1.1 New Educational Challenges for Professional Learning; 1.1.1 Projects Informing This Volume; 1.1.2 Conceptual Premises for Appraising the Worth of Integrating Experiences; 1.2 Integrating Practice and University Experiences: Curriculum and Pedagogy Practices; 1.3 Institutional Practices and Imperatives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Integrating Experiences in Workplace and University Settings: A Conceptual Perspective2.1 Educational Purposes for Integrating Experiences in University and Practice Settings; 2.1.1 Conceptual, Procedural, Dispositional Knowledge: Canonical Forms and Situational Versus Personal Attributes; 2.1.2 Agency of Learners; 2.2 Conceptions of Contributions from Both Settings: Beyond the Theory-Practice Divide; 2.2.1 Constituting Integration; 2.2.2 Three Accounts of Integrations; 2.3 Towards Effective Integration: Pedagogy and Curriculum; 2.3.1 Considerations for Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Considerations for PedagogyReferences; Part I Integrating Practice and University Experiences: Curriculum and Pedagogy Practices; 3 Preparing Nurses and Engaging Preceptors; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Preceptorship; 3.3 Creating an Environment That Supports Learning Opportunities; 3.3.1 LearningA Reciprocal Process; 3.3.2 Recognising the Uniqueness of the Individual; 3.4 Enhancing Learning Opportunities and Engagement; 3.5 Generational Tensions; 3.6 Strategies for Developing a Learning Partnership; 3.7 Promoting Professional Learning at Work; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Targeted Preparation for Clinical Practice4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Background; Box 4.1 Year 3 students tips for transition to clinical education; 4.3 Lost in Transition; 4.3.1 What Was Enacted; 4.4 Research Methods; 4.4.1 Research Design; Box 4.2 Focus group one questions (immediately following the transition programme); 4.4.1.1 Outcome Measures; 4.4.1.2 Data Analysis; 4.5 Results and Discussion; 4.5.1 Themes from Qualitative Data Analysis; 4.5.1.1 Theme 1: Differences in Intended, Enacted, and Experienced Curriculum; 4.5.1.2 Theme 2: Authenticity as the Driver for Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5.1.3 Theme 3: Facilitating Transition: Engagement with Canonical and Heuristic Knowledge4.6 Conclusion and Recommendations; References; 5 Optimising the Follow-through Experience for Midwifery Learning; 5.1 Follow-through Experiences: Pedagogic and Curriculum Considerations; 5.2 Midwifery and the Follow-through Experiences; 5.3 Intended Follow-through Experience Curriculum; 5.4 Developing Learning Professionals; 5.5 Conceptual Midwifery Knowledge; 5.6 Procedural Knowledge; 5.7 Dispositional Knowledge; 5.8 Hidden Curriculum; 5.9 A Conceptual Model for the Follow-through Experience
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.9.1 Before the Follow-through Experience
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-3937-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Ethics of Banking : Conclusions from the Financial Crisis (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400706569
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 214 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Koslowski, Peter, 1952 - 2012 The ethics of banking
    RVK:
    QK 300
    Keywords: Ethics ; Finance ; Economics ; Ethics ; Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: Preface -- Introduction: Is the Finance Industry Ethically Irrelevant? -- Part A Foundations of Business and Finance Ethics -- Chapter 1 Ethical Economy, Economic Ethics, Business Ethics -- Part B The Ethical Economy and Finance Ethics of the Markets for Credit, Capital, Corporate Control, and Derivatives -- Chapter 2 The Ethical Economy of the Credit Market -- Chapter 3 The Ethical Economy of the Capital Market -- Chapter 4 Insider Knowledge and Insider Trading as Central Problems of Finance Ethics -- Chapter 5 The Ethical Economy of the Market for Corporate Control and for Corporate Know-How -- Chapter 6 The Ethical Economy of the Market for Derivatives: Trading with Values Derived from Other Values for Hedging, Speculation, and Arbitrage -- Chapter 7 Interdependences Between the Financial Markets for Credit, Capital, and Derivatives, and the Challenges the Financial Markets Pose for Ethics -- Chapter 8 The ‘Banking Secret’ and the Right to Privacy The Banks’ Duty of Confidentiality and Banking Secrecy -- Part C Financial Wagers, Hyper-Speculation, Financial Overstretch The Financial Market Crisis of 2008 and Finance Ethics -- Chapter 9 Financial Wagers, Hyper-Speculation, and Shareholder Primacy -- Chapter 10 Financial Overstretch The Epochal Disturbance of the Invisible Hand of the Market by the Financial Industry -- References
    Abstract: This book analyzes the systemic and the ethical mistakes that have led to the financial crisis of 2008. It explores the middle ground between the argument that financial managers cannot be expected to take responsibility for a systemic crisis and the argument that moral failure is the one and only origin of the crisis. The book investigates the role of speculation in the formation of the crisis. It distinguishes between productive speculation for hedging and for securing market liquidity on the one hand, and unproductive and even detrimental hyper-speculation, on the other. The book argues that hyper-speculation goes far beyond the degree of speculation that is necessary for the liquidity of financial markets in a developed economy, and has thus increased the risks of the financial system and will continue to do so. This book offers an ethics of banking and an ethical economy of the financial markets to counterbalance the financial industry’s purely economic approach
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ethics of Banking; Preface; Introduction: Is the Finance Industry Ethically Irrelevant?; Contents; Part I: Foundations of Business and Finance Ethics; Chapter 1: Ethical Economy, Economic Ethics, Business Ethics: Foundations of Finance Ethics; Purely Economic Economics Versus Ethical Economy; The Justification of Ethical Duties from the Nature of the Matter; Business Ethics and the Fiduciary Duties of the Manager; Part II: The Ethical Economy and Finance Ethics of the Markets for Credit, Capital, Corporate Control, and Derivatives; Chapter 2: The Ethical Economy of the Credit Market
    Description / Table of Contents: Purpose and Task of the Credit MarketThe Purpose of the Bank for Deposit Customers, as the Bank's Creditors; The Purpose of the Bank for Credit Customers, as the Bank's Debtors; Task of the Bank: Intermediating Between Its Creditors and Debtors; Schuldverhältnisse:; Relationships of; Schuld,; of Guilt, Debt, or Obligation. Excursus with Reference to an Equivocation in the German Language; Task of the Bank: Transforming Time Periods and Bearing Risk; Duties of Banks Arising from the Nature of Their Tasks to Facilitate Payments and to Enable Credit
    Description / Table of Contents: Duties Arising from the Bank's Task to Facilitate Payments and Safeguard Liquid FundsDuties Arising from the Task of the Bank to Transform Deposits into Loans; Chapter 3: The Ethical Economy of the Capital Market; The Globalization of the Capital Market; Globalization Extends the Simultaneity of Space and Compresses the Non-Simultaneous Nature of Human Time; Globalization of the Capital Market as the Driver of Globalization of the World; Values and Valuations in the Capital Market; Which Values Should Determine the Actions of Financial Intermediaries in the Capital Market?
    Description / Table of Contents: On the Ethics of Financial ConsultingThe Tasks of the Capital Market and the Duties of the Participants in the Capital Market; Speculation and Finance Ethics; The Functions of Speculation in the Capital Market: Bearing Uncertainty and Risk as Well as Enabling the Division of Labor Betwe; Chapter 4: Insider Knowledge and Insider Trading as Central Problems of Finance Ethics; Insider Trading as Pseudo-Speculation and Agiotage; Arbitrage, Speculation, Agiotage; Insider Trading and the Fiduciary Relationship; Insider Trading as Perverse Incentive; Insider Trading and Short-Termism
    Description / Table of Contents: Insider Trading and the Duty of Ad Hoc PublicityDetrimental Effects of Insider Trading on Allocation, Distribution, and Stability; Experiences After the Entry into Force of the Laws Against Insider Trading in Germany; The Abuse of Insider Knowledge as a Form of Corruption; Ethical Duties of the Investor and of the Firm Quoted on the Capital Market; Chapter 5: The Ethical Economy of the Market for Corporate Control and for Corporate Know-How; Hostile and Friendly Takeovers: The Finance Ethics of Corporate Control and Corporate Takeovers
    Description / Table of Contents: Mergers and Acquisitions: The Capital Market as a Market for Corporate Knowledge and Know-How
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0656-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Values Pedagogy and Student Achievement : Contemporary Research Evidence (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400715639
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 205p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: A spherical actuator is a novel electric device that can achieve 2/3-DOF rotational motions in a single joint with electric power input. It has advantages such as compact structure, low mass/moment of inertia, fast response and non-singularities within the workspace. It has promising applications in robotics, automobile, manufacturing, medicine and aerospace industry. This is the first monograph that introduces the research on spherical actuators systematically. It broadens the scope of actuators from conventional single-axis to multi-axis, which will help both beginners and researchers to enhance their knowledge on electromagnetic actuators. Generic analytic modeling methods for magnetic field and torque output are developed, which can be applied to the development of other electromagnetic actuators. A parametric design methodology that allows fast analysis and design of spherical actuators for various applications is proposed. A novel non-contact high-precision 3-DOF spherical motion sensing methodology is developed and evaluated with experiments, which shows that it can achieve one order of magnitude higher precision than conventional methods. The technologies of nondimensionalization and normalization are introduced into magnetic field analysis the first time, and a benchmark database is established for the reference of other researches on spherical actuators.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Author Biographies; Contents; Chapter-1; Chapter-2; History and Philosophy of Values and Virtues; Chapter-3; Chapter-4; Chapter-5; Chapter-6; Chapter-7; Values and Social Engagement; Chapter-8; Chapter-9; Chapter-10; Chapter-11; The Ambience and Discourse of Values Pedagogy; Author Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1563-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mapping Equity and Quality in Mathematics Education (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048198030 , 1283085771 , 9781283085779
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXV, 480p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: The issues of equity and quality have been central to international debates on mathematics in research, policy, curriculum and teaching. This book covers a wide variety of topics in the research and practice of mathematics education, demonstrating how equity and quality are inherently political terms whose political bedrock is obscured by them being taken for granted. Mapping Equity and Quality in Mathematics Education is broken into four parts. Section 1 addresses the constructs of equity and quality from a variety of theoretical perspectives and outlines new directions to approach the question, 'What are equity and quality?' Section 2 discusses the complexities in which the discourses of equity and quality move in constant construction and recontextualisation from societal trends to the constitution of subjectivities, passing through policy, the media and pedagogy. Section 3 covers insights and implications from research on the special needs of different 'equity groups,' illuminating the way in which a 'one-size-fits-all' approach tends to limit quality education to only dominant groups. And Section 4 contains lessons learned by researchers and practitioners who attempted to manage equity and quality within various educational contexts and with a variety of marginalized populations. Written by teachers, researchers and academics from all over the world, this book represents a powerful response to the international call for quality education of all students in mathematics around the globe.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I; The Theoretical Landscape; Chapter 1; Chapter 2; Chapter 3; Chapter 4; Chapter 5; Chapter 6; Chapter 7; Chapter 8; Chapter 9; Part II; Mapping Social Constructions andComplexities; Chapter 10; Chapter 11; Chapter 12; Chapter 13; Chapter 14; Chapter 15; Chapter 16; Chapter 17; Chapter 18; Chapter 19; Chapter 20; Chapter 21; Part III; Landmarks of Concern; Chapter 22; Chapter 23; Chapter 24; Chapter 25; Chapter 26; Chapter 27; Chapter 28; Chapter 29; Chapter 30; Chapter 31; Chapter 32; Part IV; No Highway and No Destination?; Chapter 33; Chapter 34
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 35Chapter 36; Chapter 37; Chapter 38; Chapter 39; Chapter 40; Chapter 41; Chapter 42; Chapter 43; Author Index; Subject Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9803-0
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    European Business Ethics Casebook : The Morality of Corporate Decision Making (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048189663 , 128308564X , 9781283085649
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 182p. 10 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. European business ethics casebook
    RVK:
    QP 323
    Keywords: Unternehmensethik ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Commercial law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Commercial law ; Commercial law ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Philosophy (General) ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Business cases are at the heart of business ethics as a discipline. Analysis and reflection on the morality of business often is triggered by concrete cases. After four introductory chapters into recent developments within business ethics and the value of case analysis, the present volume offers extensive description of eight recent European cases, mainly stemming from The Netherlands and Belgium and all of them with a clear moral impact. Among them are the Lernout and Hauspie speech technology disaster, Heineken struggle with the promotion girls selling beer in Cambodia, cartels in the Dutch construction industry, the pharmaceutical industry and the Aids crisis, and Unilever allegedly making use of child labour in the cotton industry in India. The book will be of interest to researchers as well as teachers of undergraduate and graduate courses in Business Ethics, Business in Society, Management and Organisation Theory and Strategic Management. It will also be useful for business practitioners eager to learn about business ethics by means of cases.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Part I Theory; 1 Business Ethics: Cases, Codes and Institutions; 2 Moral Competence; 3 Institutions and the Institutional Turn in Business Ethics; Part II Cases; 4 The Pharmaceutical Industry and the AIDS Crisis; 5 Heineken and Promotion Girls in Cambodia; 6 Heineken and Promotion Girls in Cambodia, Part 2; 7 A Disputed Contract: IHC Caland in Burma; 8 The ICE Train Accident Near Eschede; 9 A Question of Involvement: Unilever and Indian Cottonseed Production; 10 Rise and Fall of Silicon Valley in Flanders: Lernout Hauspie Speech Products
    Description / Table of Contents: 11 Construction FraudAbout the Authors; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8966-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    European Business Ethics Cases in Context : The Morality of Corporate Decision Making (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048193349
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 295p. 10 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. European business ethics cases in context
    RVK:
    QP 323
    Keywords: Unternehmensethik ; Europa ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Commercial law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Commercial law ; Business ethics ; Europe ; Business ethics ; Europe ; Case studies ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: Business ethics as a discipline leans on cases but flourishes by thorough analysis and reflection. The present volume offers both. After three introductory chapters into business ethics eight recent European cases, mainly stemming from The Netherlands and Belgium and all of them with a clear moral impact, are extensively described and analysed. Among them are the Lernout and Hauspie speech technology disaster, Heinekens struggle with the promotion girls selling beer in Cambodia, cartels in the Dutch construction industry, the pharmaceutical industry and the Aids crisis, and Unilever allegedly making use of child labour in the cotton industry in India. Each case is followed by two expert comments, from the fields of general ethics, but also of law, economics, management and organisation theory, sociology and social psychology. Cases and comments together offer an unique entrance in varieties of moral reasoning and in the personal and institutional dimensions to be taken into account when facing a corporate case saturated with moral ambiguities. This book will be of interest to researchers as well as teachers of undergraduate and graduate courses in Business Ethics, Business in Society, Management and Organisation Theory and Strategic Management. It will also be useful for business practitioners eager to find moral guidance in their specific field.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9334-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A Journey in Mathematics Education Research : Insights from the Work of Paul Cobb (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048197293
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 246p. 20 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 48
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: Our objective is to publish a book that lays out the theoretical constructs and research methodologies within mathematics education that have been developed by Paul Cobb and explains the process of their development. We propose to do so by including papers in which Cobb introduced new theoretical perspectives and methodologies into the literature, each preceded by a substantive accompanying introductory paper that explains the motivation/rationale for developing the new perspectives and/or methodologies and the processes through which they were developed, and Cobb's own retrospective comments. In this way the book provides the reader with heretofore unpublished material that lays out in considerable detail the issues and problems that Cobb has confronted in his work, that, from his viewpoint, required theoretical and methodological shifts/advances and provides insight into how he has achieved the shifts/advances. The result will be a volume that, in addition to explaining Cobb's contributions to the field of mathematics education, also provides the reader with insight into what is involved in developing an aggressive and evolving research program. When Cobb confronts problems and issues in his work that cannot be addressed using his existing theories and frameworks, he looks to other fields for theoretical inspiration. A critical feature of Cobb's work is that in doing so, he consciously appropriates and adapts ideas from these other fields to the purpose of supporting processes of learning and teaching mathematics, He does not simply accept the goals or motives of those fields. As a result, Cobb reconceptualizes and reframes issues and concepts so that they result in new ways of investigating, exploring, and explaining phenomena that he encounters in the practical dimensions of his work, which include working in classrooms, with teachers, and with school systems. The effect is that the field of mathematics education is altered. Other researchers have found his 'new ways of looking' useful to them. And they, in turn, adapt these ideas for their own use. The complexity of many of the ideas that Cobb has introduced into the field of mathematics education can lead to a multiplicity of interpretations by practitioners and by other researchers, based on their own experiential backgrounds. Therefore, by detailing the development of Cobb's work, including the tensions involved in coming to grips with and reconciling apparently contrasting perspectives, the book will shed additional light on the processes of reconceptualization and thus help the reader to understand the reasons, mechanisms, and outcomes of researchers' constant pursuit of new insights.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Cobbs, and the Fields, Learning Trajectory; The Scientific Quality of Cobbs Research; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; About Paul Cobb; About the Contributors; 1 Introduction; References; Part I Radical Constructivism; 2 Introduction; 3 The Constructivist Researcher as Teacher and Model Builder; Part II Social Constructivism; 4 Introduction; 5 Young Childrens Emotional Acts While Engaged in Mathematical Problem Solving; Part III Symbolizing and Instructional Design Developing Instructional Sequences to Support Students Mathematical Learning; 6 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Learning from Distributed Theories of IntelligencePart IV Classroom Mathematical Practices; 8 Introduction; 9 Participating in Classroom Mathematical Practices; Part V Diversity and Equity; 10 Introduction; 11 Culture, Identity, and Equity in the Mathematics Classroom; Part VI The Institutional Setting of Mathematics Teaching and Learning; 12 Introduction; 13 The Collective Mediation of a High-Stakes Accountability Program: Communities and Networks of Practice; 14 Epilogue: On the Importance of Looking Back; Author Index; Subject Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9729-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048197668 , 1283085755 , 9781283085755
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 228p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 50
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mathematical knowledge in teaching
    RVK:
    SM 607
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematics ; Study and teaching ; Research ; Mathematics teachers ; Training of ; Effective teaching ; Mathematical ability ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mathematik ; Unterricht
    Abstract: The quality of primary and secondary school mathematics teaching is generally agreed to depend crucially on the subject-related knowledge of the teacher. However, there is increasing recognition that effective teaching calls for distinctive forms of subject-related knowledge and thinking. Thus, established ways of conceptualizing, developing and assessing mathematical knowledge for teaching may be less than adequate. These are important issues for policy and practice because of longstanding difficulties in recruiting teachers who are confident and conventionally well-qualified in mathematics, and because of rising concern that teaching of the subject has not adapted sufficiently. The issues to be examined in Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching are of considerable significance in addressing global aspirations to raise standards of teaching and learning in mathematics by developing more effective approaches to characterizing, assessing and developing mathematical knowledge for teaching.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching; Part I Conceptualising Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching; 2 Conceptualising Teachers' Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching; 3 Knowing and Identity: A Situated Theory of Mathematics Knowledge in Teaching; 4 Changed Views on Mathematical Knowledge in the Course of Didactical Theory Development: Independent Corpus of Scientific Knowledge or Result of Social Constructions?; 5 Teaching Mathematics as the Contextual Application of Mathematical Modes of Enquiry; 6 Conceptualising Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II Understanding the Cultural Context of Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching7 The Cultural Location of Teachers' Mathematical Knowledge: Another Hidden Variable in Mathematics Education Research?; 8 How Educational Systems and Cultures Mediate Teacher Knowledge: `Listening' in English, FrenchINTbreak; and German Classrooms; 9 Modelling Teaching in Mathematics Teacher Education and the Constitution of Mathematics for Teaching; 10 Audit and Evaluation of Pedagogy: Towards a Cultural-Historical Perspective; 11 The Cultural Dimension of Teachers' Mathematical Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III Building Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching by Means of Theorised Tools12 The Knowledge Quartet as an Organising Framework for Developing and Deepening Teachers' Mathematics Knowledge; 13 Learning to Teach Mathematics Using Lesson Study; 14 Using Theories to Build Kindergarten Teachers' Mathematical Knowledge for Teaching; 15 Teachers' Stories of Mathematical Subject Knowledge: Accounting for the Unexpected; 16 Building Mathematical Knowledge in Teaching by Means of Theorised Tools; 17 Conclusion; Author Index; Subject Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9766-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Action Leadership : Towards a Participatory Paradigm (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048139354
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 210p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Abstract: Action leadership is a creative, innovative, collaborative and self-developed way to lead. It eschews the hierarchical structure usually associated with leadership and is based instead on the democratic values of freedom, equality, inclusion and self-realization. It take responsibility for, not control over, people through networking and orchestrating human energy towards a holistic outcome that benefits the common interest. Action leaders are passionate people who abide by the motto that Learning does not mean to fill a barrel but rather to ignite a flame in others. And in this time of rapid economic, political, technological, social and ecological changes, action leadership and action leaders are precisely what's needed to improve how people and organizations engage constructively to address the myriad complex issues challenging society at all levels. Action Leadership: Towards a Participatory Paradigm explains and illustrates how action leadership can be developed through participatory action learning and action research (PALAR). It addresses real-life issues by people who choose to work collaboratively towards shared goals while developing their learning, insights, knowledge, people skills and personal relationships through involvement in a PALAR project. The book provides a conceptual framework for action leadership and for the integrative, practical theory of PALAR, and examples of applications in higher education, management education for organization development, and community development. Readers are encouraged to adopt, adapt and further develop the evolving concepts of action leadership and PALAR in a participatory paradigm of learning, research and development.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Author; Reviewers' Comments; List of Acronyms; List of Appendices; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 From Action Learning and Action Research to Action Leadership; Chapter Overview; Introduction; Definition of Terms; Purpose and Aims; Approach; Readership; Models; Storyline; Book Content; Chapter 2 : PALAR Concepts, Models and Values; Chapter 3 : PALAR: Dialectic of Theory and Practice; Chapter 4: PALAR Paradigm and Methodology; Chapter 5 : Higher Education; Chapter 6: Management Education for Organization Development
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Community DevelopmentChapter 8 : Action Leadership Within a Participatory Paradigm; Limitations and Contributions; Chapter Summary; Discussion Starters; Note; Part I Conceptual Framework for PALAR; 2 PALAR Concepts, Models and Values; Chapter Overview; Introduction; Action Learning; Concepts and Characteristics of Action Learning; Action Learning Programmes and Projects; Terminology; An Action Learning Set with Individual Projects; Action Learning Team Project; Action Learning Programme with Several Team Projects; Action Research; Concepts and Characteristics of Action Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Participatory Action Research (PAR)Action Science; Action Research Requirements and Quality Criteria; The Concept of PALAR: Integrating Action Learning (AL) with Participatory Action Research (PAR); PALAR Models; A Generic Model for PALAR Programmes; Problem Definition and Needs Analysis; Start-Up Workshop; Project Work; Midway Workshop with Specialist Input; Project Work (Continued); Concluding Workshop; Preparing for Presentations; Final Presentation and Celebration; Values in a PALAR Culture; Core Values; First, Advancement and Reflection
    Description / Table of Contents: Second, Collaboration and Effective Use of Processes and MethodsThird,Trust and Feedback; Fourth,Imagination and Leadership Development; Fifth, Openness and Exploration of New Opportunities; Sixth,Non-positivist Beliefs and Coaching; Seventh and Finally, Success/Significance and Team Results; Espoused and Governing Values; Model 1 and Model 2 Values and Strategies; Success and Failure: Managed Change; What Makes PALAR Programmes Successful?; Success/Worth; Fun/Enjoyment; Freedom/Choice; Belonging/Respect/Love; What Makes PALAR Programmes Unsuccessful?
    Description / Table of Contents: Other Potential Pitfalls and How to Avoid ThemChapter Summary; Discussion Starters; Notes; 3 PALAR: Dialectic of Theory and Practice; Chapter Overview; Introduction; Dialectic; Praxis; PALAR: A Synthesis of Theory and Practice; Knowledge Integration; Indigeneity; Integrating Knowledge and Action; Practical Theories; Chapter Summary; Discussion Starters; Note; 4 PALAR Paradigm and Methodology; Chapter Overview; Introduction; Terminology; Dialectic; Paradigms; Competing Paradigms; Language; Theoretical Framework; Grounded Theory; Action Theory; Critical Theory; Systems Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: Personal Construct Theory (PCT)
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-3935-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Strict Finitism and the Logic of Mathematical Applications (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400713475
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 272p, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 355
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ye, Feng Strict finitism and the logic of mathematical applications
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Mathematics ; Philosophy ; Finite, The ; Naturalism ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Applied mathematics ; Mathematik ; Anwendung ; Mathematische Logik
    Abstract: Ongoing concern about the need to promote environmental management accounting has resulted in this, the fifth volume in the Environmental and Sustainability Management Accounting Network (EMAN) series. Drawing inspiration from the 2007 EMAN conference in Finland on the links between environmental management accounting and supply chain administration, the book includes a number of research papers presented there as well as several independent contributions that represent a range of perspectives on the topic. This volume's focus on the environmental accounting of supply chain processes is of particular relevance because these processes supply data about the environmental impact of relationships between business organisations, an area where the boundary separating internal and external accounting is ill-defined. Here, contributors advocate what they term 'accounting for cooperation' as a more environmentally positive complement to the paradigmatic practice of 'accounting for competition'. In addition to analyzing the supply chain, a number of chapters are based on papers presented to the EMAN-EU conference on sustainability and corporate social responsibility accounting, held in Hungary in 2008. Corporate social responsibility accounting is also a boundary-spanning function requiring awareness of the interface between an organisation's internal accounting, and that which has an external function through its social responsibility to different groupings. Finally, in acknowledgement of growing international engagement with environmental management accounting following the introduction of international guidelines in 2005, the book includes papers from the first EMAN Global conference on integrated environmental management accounting for sustainable development held in South Africa in 2007. This publication is required reading for anyone wanting to keep abreast of the latest developments in this field. Readers should also visit EMAN's website at http://www.eman-global.net.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 A Naturalistic Philosophy of Mathematics; 1.2 The Applicability of Mathematics Under Naturalism; 1.3 A Logical Explanation of Applicability; 2 Strict Finitism; 2.1 The Formal System SF for Strict Finitism; 2.2 Doing Mathematics in Strict Finitism; 2.3 Sets and Functions; 3 Calculus; 3.1 The Real Number System; 3.2 Limit and Continuity; 3.3 Differentiation and Integration; 3.4 Certain Important Functions; 3.5 Functions of Several Variables; 3.6 Ordinary Differential Equations; 3.7 Case Study: A Population Growth Model; 4 Metric Space
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Basic Definitions4.2 Completeness; 4.3 Total Boundedness and Compactness; 4.4 The Stone-Weierstrass Theorem; 5 Complex Analysis; 5.1 Basic Notions; 5.2 Differentiable and Analytic Functions; 5.3 Maximum Value and Zero; 6 Integration; 6.1 Lebesgue Integration; 6.2 Measurable Functions; 6.3 Convergence; 6.4 The Space L2; 7 Hilbert Space; 7.1 Basic Definitions; 7.2 Linear Operators; 7.3 Subspace and Base; 7.4 The Spectral Decomposition of a Unitary Operator; 7.5 Unbounded Operators; 7.6 The Spectral Theorem; 7.7 Stone's Theorem; 8 Semi-Riemannian Geometry; 8.1 Differentiable Manifolds
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Vectors, Dual Vectors and Tensors8.3 Metric; 8.4 Covariant Derivative; 8.5 Parallel Transportation, Geodesics and Curvature; 8.6 Case Study: Spacetime and Singularity; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1347-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mathematics Education and Subjectivity : Cultures and Cultural Renewal (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400717398
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 164p. 28 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 51
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This book is centrally concerned with how mathematics education is represented and how we understand mathematical teaching and learning with view to changing them. It considers teachers, students and researchers. It explores their mathematical thinking and the concepts that this thought produces. But also how these concepts acquire cultural layers that mediate our apprehension. The book examines some of the linguistic and socio-cultural filters that influence mathematical understanding. But above all it introduces some contemporary theories of human subjectivity, in which subjectivity is seen
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Some cultural contexts of mathematical learning -- pt. 2. Cultural renewal in mathematical learning.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1739-8
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Science between Europe and Asia : Historical Studies on the Transmission, Adoption and Adaptation of Knowledge (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048199686 , 1283085836 , 9781283085830
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 279p. 45 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 275
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Science between Europe and Asia
    DDC: 303.483
    Keywords: Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Computer science ; History ; Science, general ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Computer science ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book explores the various historical and cultural aspects of scientific, medical and technical exchanges that occurred between central Europe and Asia. A number of papers investigate the printing, gunpowder, guncasting, shipbuilding, metallurgical and drilling technologies while others deal with mapping techniques, the adoption of written calculation and mechanical clocks as well as the use of medical techniques such as pulse taking and electrotherapy. While human mobility played a significant role in the exchange of knowledge, translating European books into local languages helped the introduction of new knowledge in mathematical, physical and natural sciences from central Europe to its periphery and to the Middle East and Asian cultures. The book argues that the process of transmission of knowledge whether theoretical or practical was not a simple and one-way process from the donor to the receiver as it is often admitted, but a multi-dimensional and complex cultural process of selection and transformation where ancient scientific and local traditions and elements. The book explores the issue from a different geopolitical perspective, namely not focusing on a singular recipient and several points of distribution, namely the metropolitan centres of science, medicine, and technology, but on regions that are both recipients and distributors and provides new perspectives based on newly investigated material for historical studies on the cross scientific exchanges between different parts of the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: SCIENCE BETWEEN EUROPE AND ASIA; Introduction; Part 1: On Technologies; Reflections on the Transmission and Transformation of Technologies: Agriculture, Printing and Gunpowder between East and West; The Ottoman Empire and the Technological Dialogue Between Europe and Asia: The Case of Military Technology and Know-How in the; General Observations on the Ottoman Military Industry, 1774-1839: Problems of Organization and Standardization; Cultural Attitudes and Horse Technologies: A View on Chariots and Stirrups from the Eastern End of the Eurasian Continent
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 2: On Maps, Astronomical Instruments, Clocks and CalendarsPatchwork - The Norm of Mapmaking Practices for Western Asia in Catholic and Protestant Europe As Well As in Istanbul Between 1; The Ottoman Ambassador's Curiosity Coffer: Eclipse Prediction with De La Hire's ``Machine'' Crafted by Bion of Paris; The Clockmaker Family Meyer and Their Watch Keeping the alla turca Time; The Adoption and Adaptation of Mechanical Clocks in Japan; Adoption and Resistance: Zhang Yongjing and Ancient Chinese Calendrical Methods; Part 3: On Localizing, Appropriating and Translating New Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Travelling Both Ways: The Adaptation of Disciplines, Scientific Textbooks and InstitutionsBetween Translation and Adaptation: Turkish Editions of Ganot's Traité; Eclecticism and Appropriation of the New Scientific Methods by the Greek-Speaking Scholars in the Ottoman Empire; Part 4: On Medicine and Medical Practices; Conveying Chinese Medicine to Seventeenth-Century Europe; Adoption and Adaption: A Study of Medical Ideas and Techniques in Colonial India; How Electricity Energizes the Body: Electrotherapeutics and its Analogy of Life in the Japanese Medical Context
    Description / Table of Contents: What is `Islamic' in Islamic Medicine? An OverviewIndex;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9968-6
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Leadership, Gender, and Organization (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048190140
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    DDC: 658.4092082
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social legislation
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sharing Poetic Expressions : Beauty, Sublime, Mysticism in Islamic and Occidental Culture (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400707603
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Islamic Philosophy and Occidental Phenomenology in Dialogue 6
    DDC: 303.482
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: This book is targeted for students of electronics and computer sciences. The first part of the book contains 15 original applications working on the PIC microcontroller, including: lighting diodes, communication with RS232 (bit-banging), interfacing to 7-segment and LCD displays, interfacing to matrix keypad 3 x 4, working with PWM module and others. This material can be used to cover one semester's teaching of microcontroller programming or similar classes. The volume contains schematic diagrams and source codes with detailed descriptions. All tests were prepared on the basis of the original documentation (data sheets, application notes). The next three chapters: The Stack, Tables and Table Instruction and Data Memory pertain to PIC18F1320. Software referred to is also presented in assembly language. Finally the application of the PIC24FJ microcontroller with the 240x128 LCD display, T6963C and with accelerometer sensor, written in C are described.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements ; Prologue; Historical Profile ; Mission Statement ; Table of Contents; Section One; The Aesthetics of Islamic Ethics ; 1. Unity ; 2. Love for Beauty ; 3. Ethics ; 4. Human Beauty ; 5. Mutual Love ; 6. The Myth of the Fish ; Notes ; On Generosity East and West: The Beauty of Comparison ; 1. Generosity Depicted In Trajans Column ; 2. The Ara Pacis: A Harmony Of Iconic And Aniconic Imagery ; 3. Images Of Divine Generosity In The West ; 4. Ikrm: Aniconic Images Of Generosity In The East ; 5. Conclusion ; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: The Occidental Epic as Compared to the Islamic Epic Notes ; Crossing the Spatiotemporal Dimension of Human Culture: Moral Sense of Justice in the Fable of the Ringdove ; 1. The lion and the mouse ; 2. The fable of the ringdove ; 3. On seeing and understanding in Islamic and Occidental culture ; Notes ; References; Occidental and Islamic Cultures: Divided Skies, Common Horizons ; Note ; References; The Sublime in the Poetry of Izet Sarajlicand Jacques Prevert; Addendum: Translation of Izet Sarajlis Poem by Lejla Marijam ; Born 23, Shot 42; References; Section Two
    Description / Table of Contents: Beauty and its Projection in Christian and Islamic Tradition 1. Beauty in Christian Tradition ; 2. Beauty in Islamic Tradition ; 3. The Projection of Beauty ; Notes ; A Poetry of Mysticism: Solomon Ibn Gabirol, Maulana Jalaluddin Rumi, and Rainer Maria Rilke ; Notes ; Self, Other and Nothingness in Western Philosophy and in Islamic Mysticism ; 1. Introduction ; 2. Nothingness and freedom in J. P. Sartre ; 3. lham Dilmans Criticism of Existentialist Freedom: Affective Solipsism ; 4. A way out of all solipsism: Wittgensteins Einstellung zur Seele
    Description / Table of Contents: 5. Nothingness and Extinction in Unity: the Path of a Sufi 6. Tasavvuf, Essentialism and our being in the World ; 7. Conclusion ; Notes ; References; La Nuit du Temps: sur un Poeme de Joan Vinyoli; Notes ; Section Three; Christian and Islamic Roots of a Holistic Rhetoric ; 1. Introduction ; 2. The Tension between Rhetoric and Philosophy Science ; 3. St. Augustines Rhetoric ; 4. Rhetoric in Islamic Culture ; 5. Reconsidering Rhetoric ; 6. Conclusion ; Notes ; Al-Biruni's ``One And Many'': Saying the Same in Different Ways; 1. Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. Number and Numbering, Zero, One and Many 3. Conclusion ; Notes ; References; Breeze of Tagore, Rumi and Lalon, in Poetic Expressions: Saying the Same ; 1. Introduction ; 2. Geetanjali : Mystery Of Life ; 3. Tagores Light ; 4. Tagore Read with Rumi ; 5. Tagore: In The Light Of Ibnul Arabi ; 6. Breeze Of Kaliganga Over Lalon ; 7. Are They Spiritual ; 8. Prayer Or Poetry Or Both ; 9. Conclusion ; Notes ; Women and the Vegetable Kingdom: Love Metaphors in Christian and Islamic Medieval Poetics ; Notes ; To See a World; 1. About Heaven
    Description / Table of Contents: Notes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0760-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Ethical Principles and Economic Transformation - A Buddhist Approach (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048193103
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 33
    DDC: 174.4
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy, modern ; Religion (General) ; Development Economics
    Abstract: Buddhism points out that emphasizing individuality and promoting the greatest fulfillment of the desires of the individual conjointly lead to destruction. The book promotes the basic value-choices of Buddhism, namely happiness, peace and permanence. Happiness research convincingly shows that not material wealth but the richness of personal relationships determines happiness. Not things, but people make people happy. Western economics tries to provide people with happiness by supplying enormous quantities of things and today's dominating business models are based on and cultivates narrow self-centeredness.But what people need are caring relationships and generosity. Buddhist economics makes these values accessible by direct provision. Peace can be achieved in nonviolent ways. Wanting less can substantially contribute to this endeavor and make it happen more easily. Permanence, or ecological sustainability, requires a drastic cutback in the present level of consumption and production globally. This reduction should not be an inconvenient exercise of self-sacrifice. In the noble ethos of reducing suffering it can be a positive development path for humanity.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Part I Introduction; 1 Why Buddhist Economics?; The Emergence of Buddhist Economics; The Structure of the Book; References; Part II Buddhist Ethics Applied to Economics; 2 The Relational Economy; Introduction; Can a Buddhist Be a Capitalist?; The Concepts We Harden On; Where These Concepts Came From; Some Notes on Actual Economies; Some Notes on Utopian Economies; Some Reflections on Buddhism and Economic Practice; Conclusion; Notes; References; 3 Buddhism and Sustainable Consumption; Introduction; Sustainable Consumption
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Consumption and the Buddhist World ViewMeasuring the Impact of Consumption; Achieving Sustainable Consumption; Conclusions; Notes; References; 4 Economic Sufficiency and Santi Asoke; Buddhist Economic Ethics for the Individual; The Royal Thai Sufficiency Economy Model; The Santi Asoke Buddhist Reform Movement of Thailand; Social and Environmental Ethics; Ethic 1: Self-reliance; Ethic 2: Moderation; Ethic 3: Interdependence; Concluding Considerations; References; 5 Pathways to a Mindful Economy; Pathological Systems Conditions; Environmental Destruction and Resource Depletion
    Description / Table of Contents: InequalityInstability; Capitalism; Systemic Growth and Environmental Damage; Systemic Consumerism; Systemic Inequality; ''Buy Low and Sell High''; Habits of Thought and Habit Energy; Mindful Institutional and Systemic Change; Pathways to a Mindful Economy; The Intrinsically Democratic, Equitable, and Just Character of a Mindful Economy; Respect for All Life and Natural Processes; Stability of a Mindful Economy; Community Corporation; From Anecdotes to a Mindful Economic System; References; Part III Achieving Happiness and Peace; 6 Do Our Economic Choices Make Us Happy?; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Income and HappinessA Buddhist Diagnosis; The Buddhist Cure; A Cautionary Conclusion; Postscript from an Economics Nobel Laureate; Appendix 1; Appendix 2: Rethinking Economic Policy; Abbreviations: Texts of the Pali Canon; References; 7 Gross National Happiness; Buddhism; The Roots of Economics; What Do We Measure?; Discounting the Future; Spiritual Views Rediscovered; Human Nature and Motivation; Towards a New Paradigm for Economics; Towards GNH Indicators; References; 8 The Application of Buddhist Theory and Practice in Modern Organizations; The Nature of the Modern Workplace
    Description / Table of Contents: The Workings of PowerTackling the Conditions of the Modern Workplace; The History of the Crucible Team; Action Research as Method; Applying a Model of Action Research to Crucible; Principles of the Work: Alchemy, Embodiment and the Reflective Ground; The Process; Conclusion; References; 9 Leadership the Buddhist Way; Pursuit of Happiness as the Base; What Is Leadership?; Leading Yourself; Right View and Right Conduct; The Necessity of Training Your Mind; The Ideal Leader; Understanding Principles and Causes; Understanding Objectives and Results; Understanding Oneself; Understanding Moderation
    Description / Table of Contents: Understanding the Occasion and Efficient Use of Time
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9310-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    How School Principals Sustain Success over Time : International Perspectives (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400713352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 200p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 371.2
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: " The Mediterranean basin represents one of the most important ""hot spots"" of climate change in the world, with recent trends towards a hotter and drier climate being related to changes in atmospheric circulation patterns. Such changes can have significant impacts in the climate of this region but also on the natural environment and several socioeconomic activities. Among these patterns, the North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) is one of the main forcing factors in the region with impact on extreme events such as droughts, severe precipitations or heat and cold waves, the availability of water resources, the ecological dynamics, the quality and quantity of crops, the migration and welfare of animal populations, the fisheries dynamics, the triggering of landslides and the air pollution and human health, among others. The aim of Hydrological, Socioeconomic and Ecological Impacts of the North Atlantic Oscillation in the Mediterranean Region, is to serve as an updated reference text that covers the wide range of evidences on the NAO impacts in the Mediterranean regions and from a multidisciplinary perspective. This volume constitutes a unique document to present the state of the art of the numerous studies undertaken on the hydrological, socioeconomic and ecological impact of the NAO, collecting the expertise of researchers from several complementary earth science fields (geography, hydrology, remote-sensing, climatology, agriculture, energy), but that have been lacking a common ground. "
    Description / Table of Contents: How School Principals Sustain Success over Time; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the International Successful School Principalship Project; 1.1 The First Phase, 2001-2002; 1.1.1 Results from the First Visit to the Schools; 1.2 Finding Successful School Principalship: Cross Nation Differences and Similarities; 1.3 From Divergence to Convergence?; 1.4 Successful School Principalship: Direct and Indirect Influences; 1.4.1 Setting Direction for the School; 1.4.2 Understanding and Developing People; 1.4.3 Designing and Managing Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.4 Managing the Teaching and Learning Programme1.4.5 Leading the Environments; 1.5 This Book; References; Chapter 2: Sustaining School and Leadership Success in Two Australian Schools; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background; 2.3 Findings from the ISSPP; 2.4 Methodology; 2.5 Findings: Morang South Primary School and Jan Shrimpton; 2.5.1 School Profile; 2.5.2 Principal Profile; 2.5.3 Background: Previous Findings; 2.5.4 Changes Since the Last Visit; 2.5.5 Ability to Maintain or Improve Performance; 2.5.6 Reason for Sustainability; 2.5.7 Leadership Style; 2.5.8 Personal Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.9 Personal Educational Philosophy2.5.10 Relationship Building; 2.5.11 Interventions; 2.6 Findings: Port Phillip Specialist School and Bell Irlicht; 2.6.1 School Profile; 2.6.2 Principal Profile; 2.6.3 Background: Previous Findings; 2.6.4 Changes Since the Last Visit; 2.6.5 Ability to Maintain or Improve Performance; 2.6.6 Reasons for Sustainability; 2.6.7 Vision and Direction; 2.6.8 Leadership Style; 2.6.9 Personal Qualities; 2.6.10 Skill Set; 2.6.11 Strategic Interventions; 2.6.12 Attitude to Change; 2.7 Discussion; 2.7.1 Comparing the Two Cases; 2.7.2 Conceptual Model; 2.8 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Danish Successful School Leadership - Revisited; 3.1 The Danish Project Schools; 3.2 The Danish Schooling System; 3.3 Recentralisation and Tightening of Organisational Couplings in the Danish Schools; 3.4 Leadership at the School Level; 3.5 School Leadership and the Collaboration with Different Interests Groups; 3.6 The Principals' Channels of Influence; 3.7 The Quality of Instruction in the Three Schools; 3.8 Now and Then: The Development in the Successful Schools; References; Chapter 4: Sustainable Improvement: The Significance of Ethos and Leadership; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Structural and Cultural Changes in the Context of Schooling4.3 Theoretical Framework; 4.4 Methodology; 4.5 Revisiting Ospelia Upper Secondary School; 4.5.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.5.2 Criteria for the Good School; 4.5.3 Sustained Leadership Practices; 4.6 Revisiting Brage Compulsory School; 4.6.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.6.2 Criteria for the Good School; 4.6.3 Positioning Himself as a Leader; 4.6.4 Sustained Leadership Practices; 4.7 Revisiting Furuheia Compulsory School; 4.7.1 Structural and Cultural Changes; 4.7.2 Criteria for the Good School
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.7.3 Staging Himself as a Principal
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1335-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Changing Governance and Management in Higher Education : The Perspectives of the Academy (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400711402
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 390p. 40 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Changing governance and management in higher education
    DDC: 650.071/1
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Konferenzschrift ; Hochschulbildung ; Hochschulreform ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Cummings, William K./Fisher, Donald/Locke, William: Introduction. - PART I. EMERGENT HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEMS (2. Fernández Lamarra, Norberto/Marquina, Monica/Rebello, Gabriel: Argentina. Changes in Academics' Involvement in the Governance and Management of Public Universities. - 3. Balbachevsky, Elizabeth/Schwartzman, Simon: Brazil. Diverse Experiences in Institutional Governance in the Public and Private Sectors. - 4. Galaz-Fontes, Jesus Francisco/Sevilla-Garcia, Juan José/Padilla-González, Laura Elena/Arcos-Vega, Jose Luis/Gil-Anton, Manuel/Martinez-Stack, Jorge: Mexico. A Portrait of a Managed Profession. - 5. Azman, Norzaini/Sirat, Morshidi/Jantan, Muhammad: Malaysia. Perspectives of University Governance and Management within the Academic Profession. - 6. Wolhuter, Charl/Higgs, Philip/Higgs, Leonie/Ntshoe, Isaac: South Africa. Recklessly Incapacitated by a Fifth Column - The Academic Profession Facing Institutional Governance). - PART II. MATURE HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM (7. Coates, Hamish/Dobson, Ian R./Goedegebuure, Leo/Meek, V. Lynn: Australia. The Changing Academic Profession - An enCAPsulation. - 8. Metcalfe, Amy Scott/Fisher, Donald/Rubenson, Kjell/Snee, Iain/Gingras, Yves/Jones, Glen A.: Canada. Perspectives on Governance and Management. - 9. Locke, William/Bennion, Alice: The United Kingdom. Academic Retreat or Professional Renewal? - 10. Finkelstein, Martin/Ju, Ming/Cummings, William K.: The United States of America - Perspectives on Faculty Governance, 1992-2007. - 11. Teichler, Ulrich: Germany. How Changing Governance and Management Affects the Views and Work of the Academic Profession. - 12. Aarrevaara, Timo/Dobson, Ian R./Pekkola, Elias: Finland. CAPtive Academics - An Examination of the Binary Divide. - 13. Vabo, Agnete: Norway. Between Humboldtian Values and Strategic Management. - 14. Arimoto, Akira: Japan. Effects of Changing Governance and Management on the Academic Profession. - 15. Shin, Jung Cheol: South Korea. Decentralized Centralization - Fading Shared Governance and Rising Managerialism. - 16. Postiglione, Gerard/Shiru, Wang: Hong Kong. Governance and the Double-Edged Academy. - 17. Fisher, Donald/Locke, William/Cummings, William K.: Comparative Perspectives. Emerging Findings and Further Investigations. - 18. Locke, William: The International Study of the Changing Academic Profession - A Unique Source for Examining the Academy's Perception of Governance and Management in Comparative Perspective) (HoF/text adopt ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Changing Governance and Managementin Higher Education; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Organization of Academic Work; 1.2 Beliefs of the Academy; 1.2.1 Common Beliefs; 1.2.2 The Historical-Institutional Perspective; 1.2.3 The Cultural-Regional Perspective; 1.2.4 The Disciplinary Perspective; 1.2.5 The Professional Perspective; 1.2.6 The Unionist Perspective; 1.2.7 The Fiduciary Perspective; 1.3 Drivers; 1.3.1 System Scale and Recent Growth; 1.3.2 Demographic Change; 1.3.3 National Social Welfare Priorities
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.4 Marketization, Privatization, Including the Privatization of Public Institutions1.3.5 Economic Level and Growth; 1.3.6 Global Science and Technology Competition and Commercialization; 1.4 Changing Conditions and Practices; 1.5 Changing Outputs and Outcomes; 1.6 The Contemporary Discourse; 1.6.1 System/Institution Division of Labor; 1.6.2 The Shifting Balance in Shared Governance; 1.6.3 Stress on Accountability; 1.6.4 Front Line or Bottom Line; 1.6.5 Public-Private Differences; 1.6.6 Impact of "New" Public Management; 1.6.7 The Experience of Academe in the Emerging Economies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.7 Thinking About Similarities and Differences1.8 The Contemporary Challenge; 1.9 The Structure of the Book; References; Part I: Emergent Higher Education Systems; Chapter 2: Argentina: Changes in Academics' Involvement in the Governance and Management of Public Universities; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Growth of the University System and the Academic Profession; 2.2.1 The Expansion of the Argentinean Higher Education System; 2.2.2 The Academic Profession in Argentina: Heterogeneity and Unplanned Expansion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.3 Policies in the 1990s for the Academic Profession: Between the Availability of Resources and Accountability2.3 Some Theoretical Issues on University Governance and Management in Argentina; 2.4 Research Advances in the Framework of the Changing Academic Profession; 2.4.1 Findings from a Preliminary Analysis of Survey Data; 2.4.1.1 Academics' Interests; 2.4.1.2 Overall Satisfaction; 2.4.1.3 Affiliation; 2.4.1.4 Governance and Management; 2.5 Discussion and Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Brazil: Diverse Experiences in Institutional Governance in the Public and Private Sectors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Brazilian Higher Education: An Overview of Its Historical Background3.1.1 The 1968 Reform; 3.1.2 Changes in the 1990s and 2000s; 3.2 Institutional Environment: The Sources of Diversity; 3.3 Patterns of Organization and Management of the Academic Institutions in Brazil; 3.4 Strategic Decisions Inside Institutions; 3.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: México: A Portrait of a Managed Profession; 4.1 Mexican Higher Education; 4.1.1 The Mexican Higher Education System: Recent Developments and Current State; 4.1.2 Institutional Governance in Mexican Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.3 Higher Education Public Policies: Drivers of Change in the Academic Profession
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1140-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: http://www.ciando.com/ebook/bid-267103
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Cover
    URL: Unbekannt
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Trends in Teaching and Learning of Mathematical Modelling : ICTMA14 (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400709102
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 732p. 150 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on the Teaching and Learning of Mathematical Modelling 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Trends in teaching and learning of mathematical modelling
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.: Trends in teaching and learning of mathematical modelling
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This book contains suggestions for and reflections on the teaching, learning and assessing of mathematical modelling and applications in a rapidly changing world, including teaching and learning environments. It addresses all levels of education from universities and technical colleges to secondary and primary schools. Sponsored by the International Community of Teachers of Mathematical Modelling and Applications (ICTMA), it reflects recent ideas and methods contributed by specialists from 30 countries in Africa, the Americas, Asia, Australia and Europe. Inspired by contributions to the Fourte
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Modelling from primary to upper secondary school : findings of empirical research -- pt. 2. Looking deeper into modelling processes : studies with a cognitive perspective -- pt. 3. Mathematical modelling in teacher education -- pt. 4. Using technologies : new possibilities of teaching and learning modelling -- pt. 5. Modelling competency : teaching, learning and assessing competencies -- pt. 6. Modelling in tertiary education -- pt. 7. Modelling examples and modelling projects : concrete cases -- pt. 8. Theoretical and curricular reflections on mathematical modelling.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0910-2
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Cover
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International Handbook of Jewish Education (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400703544
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Religion and Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    DDC: 371.076
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education ; Religion (General) ; Religion and education
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Socio-scientific Issues in the Classroom : Teaching, Learning and Research (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400711594
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 39
    DDC: 303.483
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Socio-scientific issues (SSI) are open-ended, multifaceted social issues with conceptual links to science. They are challenging to negotiate and resolve, and they create ideal contexts for bridging school science and the lived experience of students. This book presents the latest findings from the innovative practice and systematic investigation of science education in the context of socio-scientific issues. Socio-scientific Issues in the Classroom: Teaching, Learning and Research focuses on how SSI can be productively incorporated into science classrooms and what SSI-based education can accom
    Description / Table of Contents: Socio-scientific Issues in the Classroom; Foreword; Content; Process; Context; Conclusion; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Situating Socio-scientific Issues in Classrooms as a Means of Achieving Goals of Science Education; Goals of Science Education; Situated Learning; Socio-scientific Issues; Purpose of This Volume; Organization of Chapters; Final Thoughts; References; Chapter 2: Enhancing the Authenticity of a Web-Based Module for Teaching Simple Inheritance; Introduction; From International to Local Context; Curriculum and Context
    Description / Table of Contents: A Socioscientific Approach in the Design of the ModuleThe Field Trip; Online Interaction with a Patient; The Study; Data Collection and Analysis; Outcomes; Interest and Engagement; Contributions of Field Trip and Online Interaction; Knowledge Acquisition; Knowledge Integration Test; Simple Inheritance Module Notes; Student Attitudes; Discussion; Diversified Interactions; Live Communication; Time on Task; Appendix 1. The Knowledge Questionnaire; Appendix 2. Attitude Survey; References; Chapter 3: Metalogue: Using Issues and Participatory Experiences to Enhance Student Learning and Interest
    Description / Table of Contents: Comparing Issue-Based MovementsEnhancing Authenticity and Interest; References; Chapter 4: Learning Science Content and Socio-scientific Reasoning Through Classroom Explorations of Global Climate Change; Project Goals; Setting; Teacher-Researcher Relationships; Intervention; Research; Research Questions; Content Knowledge; Socio-scientific Reasoning; Methods; Data Collection and Analysis: Content Knowledge; Data Collection and Analysis: Socio-scientific Reasoning; Results and Discussion; Findings: Content Knowledge; Findings: Socio-scientific Reasoning; Implications for…
    Description / Table of Contents: Teaching and LearningResearch; Conclusions; Appendix 3.1. SSIQ Prompt and Questions; References; Chapter 5: Metalogue: Issues in the Conceptualization of Research Constructs and Design for SSI Related Work; Socio-scientific Reasoning; Research Design; Benefits of Research; References; Chapter 6: Effects of an Interdisciplinary Program on Students' Reasoning with Socioscientific Issues and Perceptions of Their Learning Experiences; Establishment of Teacher-Researcher Collaboration; Research Questions; Theoretical Framework; Context of Study; SSI Group; Sophomore Level Core Course
    Description / Table of Contents: Senior Level Core CourseBiology Comparison Group; Methods; Participants; Data Collection; General Procedures; Decision Making Questionnaire; Interviews; Data Analysis; Comparison of Decisions; Comparison of Factors in Decision-Making; Scoring Rubrics; Interview Analysis; Results; Comparison of Decisions; Comparison of Factors Influencing Reasoning; Comparison of Reasoning; Interviews; Perceptions of SSI in Majors; Views of SSI Students; Views of BIO Students; Student Perceptions of Majors; Perceptions of Personal Outcomes; SSI Group; BIO Group; Perceptions of the Learning Environment
    Description / Table of Contents: SSI Group
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1159-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Price of Precaution and the Ethics of Risk (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400713307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 6
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Munthe, Christian The price of precaution and the ethics of risk
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    CC 7240
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Environmental sciences ; Environmental law ; Political science
    Abstract: This international rigorously peer-reviewed volume critically synthesizes current knowledge in forest hydrology and biogeochemistry. It is a one-stop comprehensive reference tool for researchers and practitioners in the fields of hydrology, biogeoscience, ecology, forestry, boundary-layer meteorology, and geography. Following an introductory chapter tracing the historical roots of the subject, the book is divided into the following main sections: ·        Sampling and Novel Approaches ·        Forest Hydrology and Biogeochemistry by Ecoregion and Forest Type ·        Hydrologic and Biogeochemical Fluxes from the Canopy to the Phreatic Surface ·        Hydrologic and Biogeochemical Fluxes in Forest Ecosystems: Effects of Time, Stressors, and Humans The volume concludes with a final chapter that reflects on the current state of knowledge and identifies some areas in need of further research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Background; 1.2 Aim, Plan and Basis; References; 2 Dimensions of Precaution; 2.1 Values, Levels and Time-Horizons; 2.2 May Bring Great Harm; 2.3 Show; 2.4 Risk; 2.5 Too Serious; 2.6 Summing Up; References; 3 Precaution and Rationality; 3.1 Rational Action - the Standard View; 3.2 Rational Precaution; 3.3 From Rationality to Morality; References; 4 Ethics and Risks; 4.1 Traditional Criteria of Rightness; 4.2 The Virtue of Precaution; 4.3 Abandoning Factualism; References; 5 The Morality of Imposing Risks; 5.1 Basic Structure
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Problem of Guidance5.3 Basic Intuitions About Responsibility; 5.4 Areas of Precaution; 5.5 The Weight of Evil; 5.6 Problems with Relative Progressiveness; 5.7 Summing Up; References; 6 Practical Applications; 6.1 General Cases; 6.2 Hard Cases; 6.3 Policy; 6.4 Big Questions; References; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1330-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dynamic Antisymmetry and the Syntax of Noun Incorporation (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400715707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250p. 160 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 84
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 415
    Keywords: Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax
    Abstract: Proceedings of the 26th Symposium of the International Committee on Aeronautical Fatigue are a widely referenced summary of advances in aeronautical design against fatigue. This is a bi-annual event and the proceedings have been published in book form for over 35 years.
    Abstract: This innovative analysis of noun incorporation and related linguistic phenomena does more than just give readers an insightful exploration of its subject. The author re-evaluates-and forges links between-two influential theories of phrase structure: Chomsky's Bare Phrase Structure and Richard Kayne's Antisymmetry. The text details how the two linguistic paradigms interact to cause differing patterns of noun incorporation across world languages. With a solid empirical foundation in its close reading of Northern Iroquoian languages especially, Barrie argues that noun incorporation needs no speci
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Abbreviations; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Outlook and Goals; 1.2 Noun Incorporation; 1.2.1 Properties of NI; 1.2.2 On the Syntactic Nature of NI; 1.3 Conclusion and Outline of Book; References; 2 Theoretical Background; 2.1 A Bit of History of Phrase Structure; 2.2 Bare Phrase Structure; 2.3 Antisymmetry; 2.4 Head Movement; 2.5 Alternative Accounts of Linearization; 2.5.1 Demerge and Concatenate: SOV as Underlying Order; 2.5.2 Parameterized Order; 2.5.3 Departures from the LCA; 2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Unifying Antisymmetry and Bare Phrase Structure
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Problem of Mutual C-Command3.2 Previous Accounts; 3.2.1 Guimar0es (2000) and Self-Merge; 3.2.2 Nunes and Uriagereka (2000); 3.2.3 Richards (2001); 3.2.4 Conclusion; 3.3 The LCA and BPS; 3.4 Proposal; 3.5 Alternatives to Complement-to-Spec Roll-Up; 3.5.1 Spec-To-Spec Movement and Romance Clitics; 3.5.2 Avoidance of the Initial Merger Problem Initial Merger Problem; 3.6 Linearization and Late Insertion; 3.7 Summary; References; 4 Noun Incorporation in Northern Iroquoian; 4.1 Northern Iroquoian Languages; 4.1.1 Clause Structure of Northern Iroquoian
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2 Nominal Structure in Northern Iroquoian4.2 Patterns of NI in Northern Iroquoian; 4.2.1 Productivity of NI; 4.2.2 Nominal Roots; 4.3 Analysis; 4.3.1 Previous Analyses; 4.3.2 NI as Phrasal Movement; 4.4 Properties of Iroquoian NI; 4.4.1 NI in Ditransitives; 4.4.2 NI and Overt DPs; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Noun Incorporation and Its Kind in Other Languages; 5.1 The Structure of Nominals and V/IN Order; 5.2 NI in Sierra Popoluca; 5.3 English Gerunds; 5.3.1 Description of NI in English Gerunds; 5.3.2 Analysis; 5.4 German Progressives; 5.5 Persian 'Long Infinitive' Constructions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Tamil Noun Incorporation and Coordination5.7 Adverb Incorporation in Blackfoot; 5.8 Conclusion; References; 6 V+N Order; 6.1 Polynesian Pseudo Noun Incorporation; 6.1.1 The Structure of Niuean Nominals; 6.1.2 Pseudo Noun Incorporation; 6.1.3 Postlude on Tukang Besi Object Incorporation; 6.2 Romance Compounds; 6.2.1 Description of V+N Compounds; 6.2.2 Analysis of Romance Compounds; 6.3 Mapudungun; 6.4 Upriver Halkomelem; 6.5 Conclusion; References; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Summary; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Conclusions and Implications; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1570-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Understanding Morphological Rules : With Special Emphasis on Conversion and Subtraction in Bulgarian, Russian and Serbo-Croatian (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048195473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 239p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Morphology 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Manova, Stela Understanding morphological rules
    Keywords: Slavic languages ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Slavic languages
    Abstract: This volume analyzes morphological and morphonological phenomena from a number of distinct Slavic languages. It does so in an innovative manner, yet also positions the analysis in the context of current morphological debates. It is thus a valuable contribution both to comparative Slavic morphology and general morphological theory. Moreover, the book is the first attempt at a theory of conversion and subtraction relevant to languages with rich inflectional morphology. It contributes to our structural understanding of the nature of word. As the first illustration of subtraction with examples fro
    Description / Table of Contents: Understanding Morphological Rules; Studies in Morphology; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Tables; Abbreviations; Transliteration from Cyrillic; Preliminaries; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Conversion and Subtraction in Slavic: History of Research; 1.1.2 Organization of the Book; 1.2 Bulgarian, Russian, and Serbo-Croatian; 1.2.1 Phonological and Morphonological Features; 1.2.2 Morphological Features; 1.3 Word as a Basic Linguistic Unit; 1.4 Word-, Stem- and Root-Based Morphology; 1.5 Thematic Markers, Aspectual Suffixes and Root Extensions; Theoretical Background
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Natural Morphology2.1.1 Universal Naturalness; 2.1.2 Typological Adequacy; 2.1.3 System-Dependent Naturalness; 2.2 Cognitive Linguistics (CL); 2.3 Prototype Theory (PT): Prototypes and Clines; 2.4 Morphological Techniques; 2.5 Derivation-Inflection Continuum; Conversion; 3.1 Terminology; 3.2 Definition; 3.3 Delimiting Conversion; 3.3.1 Homophony, Polysemy, Metaphor, Metonymy; 3.3.2 Conversion and Related Techniques; 3.4 Direction of Conversion; 3.4.1 Marchand's Criteria; 3.4.2 Criteria by Other Authors; 3.4.3 Conversion with a Clear Direction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.4 Reversible Conversion vs. Cross-Linguistic Semantic Pattern3.5 Classification of Conversion; 3.5.1 Conversion in Derivation; 3.5.2 Conversion in Inflection; 3.5.3 Syntactic Conversion; 3.6 Conclusion; Subtraction; 4.1 Terminology and Definition; 4.2 Delimiting Subtraction; 4.2.1 Phonological Shortening; 4.2.2 Backformation; 4.2.3 Haplology; 4.2.4 Hypocoristics; 4.2.5 Clipping; 4.2.6 Blends; 4.2.7 Acronyms; 4.2.8 Subtraction of Meaning; 4.2.9 Zero Sign; 4.2.10 Truncation; 4.3 Subtraction and Rule Inversion: Ethnicity Terms; 4.4 Classification of Subtraction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Subtraction in Derivation4.4.2 Subtraction in Inflection; 4.5 Conclusion; Typological and Language-Specific Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.1 Typological Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.2 Language-Specific Adequacy of Conversion and Subtraction; 5.2.1 Conversion as a Language-Specific Morphological Technique; 5.2.2 Subtraction as a Language-Specific Morphological Technique; 5.3 Conclusion; Conclusions; Appendix A Bulgarian Noun Inflection; Appendix B Bulgarian Adjective Inflection; Appendix C Bulgarian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms)
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix D Russian Noun InflectionAppendix E Russian Adjective Inflection; Appendix F Russian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms); Appendix G Serbo-Croatian Noun Inflection; Appendix H Serbo-Croatian Adjective Inflection; Appendix I Serbo-Croatian Verb Inflection (Synthetic Forms); References; Author Index; Subject Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9547-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Commentary on the Principles of Thermodynamics by Pierre Duhem (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400703117
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 204p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 277
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 501
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry, Physical organic ; Science Philosophy ; Thermodynamics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry, Physical organic ; Science Philosophy ; Thermodynamics
    Abstract: The volume raises attention to the need of a completely new approach to breast cancer based on the knowledge collected on early breast cancer in the past two decades. The chapters are contributed by experts of all the fields participating in the clinical research and care of breast cancer. The practical importance of such a book is underlined by the increasing number of breast cancer cases, and also the increasing proportion of early stage-cases. The ultimate goal of the book is to point to the heterogeneous nature of the disease which is more striking and has more importance in care at the very early stages than at the more advanced stages. The book recommends the utilization of all the information provided by multimodality imaging and special pathological methods, a new classification system and therapeutic guidelines since early breast cancers should not be treated based on experience obtained with palpable tumors. No similar book has been yet released to the market. The book is written for all the members of the team participating in the diagnosis and treatment of breast cancer (radiologists, pathologists, surgeons, clinical and radiation oncologists), but may be useful for medical students and residents too. The chapters are illustrated with didactic pictures, and special emphasis is given to provide a peep into the practice of the special procedures for the careful examination and individualized therapy of each case.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Study of the thermodynamic works of J. Willard Gibbs (1887) -- pt. 2. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the principle of the conservation of energy (1892) -- pt. 3. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the principle of Sadi Carnot and R. Clausius (1893) -- pt. 4. Commentary on the principles of thermodynamics : the general equations of thermodynamics (1894).
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0311-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Reasoning about Preference Dynamics (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400713444
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 201p. 41 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 354
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Information systems ; Semantics ; Economics, Mathematical ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Information systems ; Semantics ; Economics, Mathematical ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: Mobile phones are the most ubiquitous communications technology in the world. Besides transforming the way in which we communicate, they can also be used as a powerful tool for conflict prevention and management. This book presents innovative uses of mobile technologies in the areas of early warning, disaster and humanitarian relief, governance, citizens' participation, etc. and cuts across different regions. The book brings together experts and practitioners from different fields - mobile technologies, information systems, computer sciences, online dispute resolution, law, etc. - to reflect on present experiences and to explore new areas for research on conflict management and online dispute resolution (ODR). It also reflects on the transition from present ODR to future mobile Dispute Resolution and discusses key privacy issues. The book is addressed to anyone involved in conflict prevention and dispute management aiming to learn how mobile technologies can play a disruptive role in the way we deal with conflict.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Introduction -- pt. 2. Dynamics of information -- pt. 3. Preference over worlds -- pt. 4. Preference from priorities -- pt. 5. A two-level perspective on preference -- pt. 6. Applications and discussions -- pt. 7. Finale.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1344-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cultural Memories : The Geographical Point of View (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048189458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Knowledge and Space, Klaus Tschira Symposia 4
    DDC: 306.01
    RVK:
    LB 63000
    RVK:
    MS 9100
    Keywords: Social sciences ; History ; Regional planning ; Humanities ; Human Geography ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: The revival of interest in collective cultural memories since the 1980s has been a genuinely global phenomenon. Cultural memories can be defined as the social constructions of the past that allow individuals and groups to orient themselves in time and space. The investigation of cultural memories has necessitated an interdisciplinary perspective, though geographical questions about the spaces, places, and landscapes of memory have acquired a special significance. The essays in this volume, written by leading anthropologists, geographers, historians, and psychologists, open a range of new interpretations of the formation and development of cultural memories from ancient times to the present day. The volume is divided into five interconnected sections. The first section outlines the theoretical considerations that have shaped recent debates about cultural memory. The second section provides detailed case studies of three key themes: the founding myths of the nation-state, the contestation of national collective memories during periods of civil war, and the oral traditions that move beyond national narrative. The third section examines the role of World War II as a pivotal episode in an emerging European cultural memory. The fourth section focuses on cultural memories in postcolonial contexts beyond Europe. The fifth and final section extends the study of cultural memory back into premodern tribal and nomadic societies.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Theoretical considerations -- pt. 2. Case studies -- pt. 3. World War II in European cultural memories -- pt. 4. Postcolonial cultural memories -- pt. 5. Pre-modern cultural memories.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-8945-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Principals in Succession : Transfer and Rotation in Educational Administration (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400712751
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 171p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    DDC: 371.2
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: Since a couple of decades, the notion of a precautionary principle plays a central and increasingly influential role in international as well as national policy and regulation regarding the environment and the use of technology. Urging society to take action in the face of potential risks of human activities in these areas, the recent focus on climate change has further sharpened the importance of this idea. However, the idea of a precautionary principle has also been problematised and criticised by scientists, scholars and policy activists, and been accused of almost every intellectual sin imaginable: unclarity, impracticality, arbitrariness and moral as well as political unsoundness. In that light, the very idea of precaution as an ideal for policy making rather comes out as a derad end. On the basis of these contrasting starting points, Christian Munthe undertakes an innovative, in-depth philosophical analysis of what the idea of a precautionary principle is and should be about. A novel theory of the ethics of imposing risks is developed and used as a foundation for defending the idea of precaution in environmental and technological policy making against its critics, while at the same time avoiding a number of identified flaws. The theory is shown to have far-reaching practical conclusions for areas such as bio-, information- and nuclear technology, and global environmental policy in areas such as climate change. The author argues that, while the price we pay for precaution must not be too high, we have to be prepared to pay it in order to act ethically defensible. A number of practical suggestions for precautionary regulation and policy making are made on the basis of this, and some challenges to basic ethical theory as well as consumerist societies, the global political order and liberal democracy are identified.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1; Chapter 2; Chapter 3; Chapter 4; Chapter 5; Planning for Succession: Considerations and Implications for Educational Policy; Chapter 6; Chapter 7; Chapter 8; Chapter 9; Chapter 10; Epilogue; Index;
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-1275-1
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Umschlagbild
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Shame of Reason in Organizational Change : A Levinassian Perspective (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048193738
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 32
    DDC: 302.35
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Economics
    Abstract: Rational thought according to Levinas has the merit of making the world lucid and controllable. But at the same time it strips things and people of their identity and incorporates them in a homogenized rational order. Illusory, but nonetheless oppressive. Rationality's totalitarian character can provoke resistance and grief with people who are enlisted by it. This can lead to a shameful confrontation in which the thinker is being confronted with his victim's resistance and sees himself and his thinking made questionable. By proceeding along this route, thinking can be brought to self-criticism and to revision of standpoints. This description by Levinas of rational thinking shows similarity to what managers do in organizations. They make their business controllable, but at the same time with their planning and schemes they create a totalitarian straitjacket. This similarity suggests that also the reactions to imperialistic rationality from Levinas' description ought to be found in organizations. Is it indeed possible to indicate there the kind of resistance and grief Levinas speaks about? Does that give rise to confrontations between managers and their co-workers who are supposed to subordinate to their schemes? Do managers then feel shame? And do those shameful confrontations consequently lead to self-reflection and change? Desk research suggests that the above elements are partly to be found in the literature of management theory. Interviews with managers show that Levinas' line of thought can also be found in its completeness within organizations. At the same time it becomes clear that becoming conscious of the elements of that line of thought - that rationality is all-conquering, that it provokes resistance, that that can lead to shame as well as to a new beginning - this is a difficult path to travel. The related experiences are easily forgotten and sometimes difficult to excavate. Translation of Levinas' thinking into terms of management and organization can help us spot them where they play their role in organizations.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Editing Translator's Introduction; What Have I Done?; How I Came to Be Doing This . . .; Levinas and Management; The Contribution of This Book; References; 1 Introduction; Organizational Change and the Glass Ceiling; A Remarkable Combination: Levinas and Organizations; Evaluation: There Are Connecting Points; 2 Rationality: A Problem?; Introduction; Section 1: Problematic Rationality in Organization Studies; Section 2: Problematic Rationality in Philosophy; Evaluation: There Is Congruence; 3 Two Alternatives to Representationalism; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Orientation Towards the Postmodernism of Foucault and DerridaOrientation Towards Heidegger and Wittgenstein; 4 Levinas on Rationality and Representation; Introduction; Section 1: Levinas on Representational Thought Handed Down to Him; Section 2: The Position of Representation in Levinas' Own Philosophy; Evaluation of Representation in Levinas; 5 Levinas Translated to Organizations; Introduction; Section 1: The Organisation Studies Literature; Section 2: Cases; Evaluation of the Performed Translation; 6 Conclusion; Introduction; New Language; Remarkable Aspects of the New Language
    Description / Table of Contents: The New Language Compared to Two AlternativesAfterword; Abbreviations Used for the Works of Levinas; Consulted Works; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9373-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    GBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Aristotle's Modal Proofs : Prior Analytics A8-22 in Predicate Logic (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 1283085895 , 9789400700505 , 9781283085892
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 68
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Logic
    Abstract: Aristotle's modal syllogistic is his study of patterns of reasoning about necessity and possibility. Many scholars think the modal syllogistic is incoherent, a 'realm of darkness'. Others think it is coherent, but devise complicated formal modellings to mimic Aristotle's results. This volume provides a simple interpretation of Aristotle's modal syllogistic using standard predicate logic. Rini distinguishes between red terms, such as 'horse', 'plant' or 'man', which name things in virtue of features those things must have, and green terms, such as 'moving', which name things in virtue of their non-necessary features. By applying this distinction to the Prior Analytics, Rini shows how traditional interpretive puzzles about the modal syllogistic melt away and the simple structure of Aristotle's own proofs is revealed. The result is an applied logic which provides needed links between Aristotle's views of science and logical demonstration. The volume is particularly valuable to researchers and students of the history of logic, Aristotle's theory of modality, and the philosophy of logic in general.
    Description / Table of Contents: ARISTOTLE'S MODAL PROOFS; Acknowledgements; Note on the translations:; Introduction; Part I MODERN METHODS FOR ANCIENT LOGIC; Chapter 1 The Non-Modal Syllogistic: An.Pr. A1-7; Chapter 2 The Assertoric Syllogistic in LPC; Chapter 3 A Realm of Darkness; Chapter 4 Technicolour Terms; Chapter 5 Representing the Modals; Part II NECESSITY IN THE SYLLOGISTICAn. Pr. A8- 12; Chapter 6 Syllogizing in Red: Trivializing the Modals; Chapter 7 First Figure Mixed Apodeictic Syllogisms; Chapter 8 Modal Conversion in the Apodeictic Syllogistic: An.Pr. A9 11; Chapter 9 Against the Canonical Listings
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10 Apodeictic PossibilityPart III CONTINGENCY IN THE SYLLOGISTICAn. Pr. A13- 22; Chapter 11 Contingency (A13, A14); Chapter 12 Realizing Possibilities; Chapter 13 Barbara XQM1; Chapter 14 First Figure X+Q (A15); Chapter 15 First Figure L+Q, Q+L (A16); Chapter 16 Contingency in the 2nd Figure (A17 19); Chapter 17 Contingency in the 3rd Figure (A20 22 ); Chapter 18 Summary and Conclusion; Appendix: The LPC Framework; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0050-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Approaches to Legal Ontologies : Theories, Domains, Methodologies (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400701205
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 1
    Keywords: Law ; Philosophy of law ; Information systems ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Data processing ; Law Philosophy
    Abstract: Approaches to legal ontologies constitutes a collective reflection on the foundations of legal ontology engineering, by exploring current methodologies and theoretical approaches to defining legal ontologies, their divergences and complementarity and the challenges still to be faced. It gathers contributions from leading experts regarding their theoretical commitments and methodological approaches derived from a long experience in the area and presents a mature reflection on achievements and current shortcomings. The various authors reconstruct their concrete methodological frameworks by retrieving the more or less explicit theoretical choices that have guided their work on legal ontology engineering over the last years. This results in the presentation of apparently opposed but in fact complementary rationales for ontology building in the legal domain (legal-theoretical, sociolegal, philosophical, among others) that address the various dimensions of legal knowledge and its conceptual modelling. The book provides the reader with a unique source regarding the current theoretical landscape in legal ontology engineering as well as on foreseeable future trends for the definition of conceptual structures to enhance the automatic processing and retrieval of legal information in the Semantic Web framework. It will thus interest researchers in the domains of the SW, legal informatics, Artificial Intelligence and law, legal theory and legal philosophy, as well as developers of e-government applications based on the intelligent management of legal or public information to provide both back-office and front-office support.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes , Machine generated contents note:1.Introduction: Theory and Methodology in Legal Ontology Engineering: Experiences and Future Directions , 2.Legal Theory Perspective: Doctrinal Conceptual Systems vs. Computational Ontologies , 3.Empirically Grounded Developments of Legal Ontologies: A Socio-Legal Perspective , 4.Cognitive Science Perspective on Legal Ontologies , 5.Social Ontology and Documentality , 6.Case-Based Reasoning Approach: Ontologies for Analogical Legal Argument , 7.Complex-System Approach: Legal Knowledge, Ontology, Information and Networks , 8.Multi-Layered Legal Information Perspective , 9.Legal Ontologies: The Linguistic Perspective , 10.Legal Document Ontology: The Missing Layer in Legal Document Modelling , 11.From Thesaurus Towards Ontologies in Large Legal Databases , 12.Computational Ontology Perspective: Design Patterns for Web Ontologies , 13.Learning Approach for Knowledge Acquisition in the Legal Domain , 14.Towards an Ontological Foundation for Services Science: The Legal Perspective , 15.Legal Multimedia Ontologies and Semantic Annotation for Search and Retrieval , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-007-0120-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Supporting Workplace Learning : Towards Evidence-based Practice (2011)
    Dordrecht : Springer Science+Business Media B.V
    Details
    ISBN: 9789048191093
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 233p, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Adult education ; Economics ; Personnel management ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Economics ; Personnel management
    Abstract: During the 1990s, the workplace was rediscovered as a rich source of learning. The issue of workplace learning has since received increasing attention from academics and practitioners alike but is still under-researched empirically. This book brings together a range of state-of-the-art research papers addressing interventions to support learning in the workplace. The authors are experienced international scholars who have an interest in making HRD and workplace learning practices more evidence-based through practical relevant research. Although workplace learning is largely an autonomous process, many organizations want to manage it as part of their broader HRD strategy. There are limits, however, to the extent to which the complex dynamics of learning in the workplace can be guided in pre-determined desirable directions. This tension between the possible strengths of workplace learning and the limits of managing it is at the heart of this volume. The book is broken into three sections. The first section deals with workplace learning interventions, including HRD practitioners' strategies, training and development activities, and e-learning programs. The second section investigates the impact of social support, or lack thereof, in workplace learning, such as mentoring, coaching, and socialization practices. The third section addresses collective learning in the workplace, looking at teams, knowledge productivity, and collaborative capability building.
    Description / Table of Contents: Series Editors Foreword; Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: Supporting Workplace Learning; Structure and Contents of the Book; References; Part I Workplace Learning Interventions; 2 Strategies of HRD Practitioners in Different Types of Organization: A Qualitative Study Among 18 South Australian HRD Practitioners; References; 3 Conceptualising Participation in Formal Training and Development Activities: A Planned Behaviour Approach; References; 4 Experiences of E-Learning and Its Delivery Among Learners Who Work: A Systematic Review; References; Part II The Role of Social Support
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Managerial Coaching as a Workplace Learning StrategyReferences; 6 Direct and Indirect Effects of Supervisor Support on Transfer of Training; References; 7 Understanding the Relational Characteristics of Effective Mentoring andINTtie; Developmental Relationships at Work; References; 8 Learning How Things Work Here: The Socialization ofINTtie; Newcomers in Organizations; References; 9 Learning Vocational Practice in Relative Social Isolation: The Epistemological and Pedagogic Practices of Small-Business Operators; References; Part III Encouraging Collective Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Team Coaching in Teacher TeamsReferences; 11 Learning with the Intention of Innovating: Eleven Design Principles for Knowledge Productivity; References; 12 From Function-Based Development Practices toINTtie; Collaborative Capability Building: An Intervention toINTtie; Extend Practitionersx2019; Ideas; References; 13 Implications for Research and Practice; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/978-90-481-9109-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...